fooaeren

ἔπ 4. ἐπασσντν

ee iM eve jeep! rae ἀπ Narnaen ea ear Po ° aa het χ λον νας νων ως μά λννακως

we ire en mm rcapton one Sinecne natinetgeieatees > Perey eee

= ee

=m een ee pee wow oe TU EF Sg am ogo, Nae me coe ee Nae re

Se ow ome ep στ ae ieoeetwon - Wp “nae en oon Sree semwracseony vate om wen omy a ἴεν 5 ;

7

ἢ ἷ

cies

Ὁ 291} {ἘΠ} }1}}}14 }] aay

¢ A pen x ee τὸ eae, cov ᾿ ste Pino res ral a deren oon ται :

1m στ τον πλοῖον το meh ee) wae ere

Samceecienette tee ete τν a alone mri sow mentee eet von Sheepentint beeen, oe

" ΞΞΞΞ ΞΞ a

εν ye Nie a ἐς ΤῊΝ * e ΄ ΄ |” Diviston Range

/

‘in 729 © Sie Mun lige GU cee ae Lak τ Uae.

: : ἜΝ eho fee 1879

PRESENTED TO THE .

μη ἡ the University. of ln,

— BY —

EM Ear meny Bg. :

ἡ otek < 13k ee A.D. 1873, |

ee Coes πον ΧΕ--- IK OiNE we IK OE ἔχεις = SRE ROE ζΕ--- IK OF

i tar!

See MRT ae

4 4 ὟΝ τῆν χε αὐ yt oe

bebo

- 4, ~~ ee ARREARS

᾿ y HOUMA.

COMPENDIOUS GREEK GRAMMAR.

A CE: 37-#+D Γ᾽ GRAMMAR

OF THE > "LOM pehdadlouws

GREEK LANGUAGE.

By ALPHEUS CROSBY,

\ PROFESSOR EMERITUS OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN DARTMOUTH COLLEGE.

: ~~ aliforal&- WOOLWORTH, FSNSWORTH-® COMPANY, 51, 58, & 55 JOHN STREET, NEW YORK, lll STATE STREET, CHICAGO.

1871.

TH 6247

‘The LANGUAGE OF THE GREEKS was truly like themselves, it was con- formable to their transcendent and universal Genius. ... - THE GREEK Toneur, from its propriety and universality, is made for all that is great, and all that is beautiful, in every Subject, and under every Form of writing.” — Harris’s Hermes, Bk. III., Ch. 5.

‘‘ GREEK, —the shrine of thé genius of the old world; as universal as our race, as individual as ourselves; of infinite flexibility, of indefatigable strength, with the complication and the distinctness of Nature herself; to which nothing was vulgar, from which nothing was excluded; speaking to the ear like Italian, _ speaking to the mind like English; with words like pictures, with words like the gossamer film of the summer; at once the variety and picturesqueness of Homer, the gloom and the intensity of Eschylus; not compressed to the closest by Thucydides, not fathomed to the bottom by Plato, not sounding with all its thunders, nor lit up with all its ardors even under the Promethean touch of Demosthenes! ’? —CoLERIDGE’s Study of the Greek Classic Poets.

VIGNETTE: TEMPLE OF THESEUS AT ATHENS. “ Athens, the eye of Greece.” — Milton.

FIFO

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871, BY ALPHEUS CROSBY, in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.

University Press: WetcuH, Bicetow, & Co., “CAMBRIDGE.

PREFACE.

Tur motto on the title-page, from old Taroenis if not the older CiEosutus, indicates the principle on which this treatise has been prepared. There has been throughout an earnest effort to carry nothing to excess, neither insertion nor omission, but to write that “Mimpite” GramMar which, it might be hoped, the old moralist would approve, if he were at my side. The Tables, that mnemonic associations may not be disturbed, are throughout the same as in the larger grammar upon which this is based; and so little of prac- tical precept has been omitted from the text of the latter, that many might regard this condensed edition as still large enough for the ob- ject stated in the original preface to the fuller work: “ to supply what was believed to be a desideratum in the list of Greek text- books; viz.,a grammar which should be portable and simple enough to be put into the hands of the beginner, and which should yet be sufficiently scientific and complete to accompany him through his whole course.” Even slight variations of phraseology have been avoided, with few and unimportant exceptions; and the division here made into sections and their parts, and the references to these, apply throughout to the fuller edition ; so that the two editions might even be used together in the same class without inconvenience. They are really one and the same work, unum et idem; except that the screw of compression, which had been before so severely applied, has here received a few more turns.

It must be confessed, however, that the arguments in favor of a short grammar have far less strength for the Greek than for the Latin. The study of the latter language is usually commenced at an earlier age, and when the learner is wholly new to philological ac- quisition; and it is also commenced by many who contemplate only a brief course of classical study, and who therefore find in a brief gram- mar, supplemented here ‘and there by an able teacher, a supply of their wants. , On the other hand, most of our students, in beginning the study of Greek, have in view a college course; and they begin it with the experience and mental strength derived from the acquisi- tion of the Latin. They know already how to use a grammar as, what it mainly should be, a book of constant reference; and are more troubled by not finding in it what they seek, than by the pres- ence there of much that is not immediately needed, — with which,

COMP. GR. ὁ ες : 5730

4 PREFACE,

however, as lying before the eye, they are gaining without effort Some acquaintance in anticipation of future wants. At least they will better know, —a large part of knowledge, — where to find what they want. ἢ

It may be added that the Greek, from the much greater fulness of its forms and variety of its constructions, cannot be as adequately treated as the Latin, except in a larger volume. Mr, Marsu, in his able Lectures on the English Language, thus distinguishes: ‘“ The grammar of the Greek language is much more flexible, more tolerant of aberration, less rigid in its requirements, than the Latin. The precision, which the regularity of Latin syntax gives to a period, the Greek more completely and clearly. accomplishes by the nicety with which individual words are defined in meaning; and while the Latin trains us to be good grammarians, the Greek elevates us to the highest dignity of manhood by making us acute and powerful thinkers.” The greater need of explanation which results from this fulness and freedom, calls for additional space ; for, as Professor Cur- Trius has well remarked, “Memory can neither accurately grasp the great variety of Greek forms nor retain them, unless it be supported by an.analyzing and combining intelligence, which furnishes, as it were, the hooks and cement to strengthen that whieh has been learned, and permanently impress it upon the mind.”

In respect to form, the present treatise should not be judged as an _ independent work, but as a condensed edition of a larger work, from the form of which it was deemed important to depart as little as pos- sible. Thus, some references to authors, which are there fully made, are here given partially in preference to omitting them altogether. For fuller illustration and explanation on many points, will the reader pardon, once for all, a reference to the larger grammar? And will he permit the statement of principles and acknowledgments in its preface to be here understood without repetition, — the rather for a reason which will appear in the next paragraph? _

The occurrence of some spaces in printing the Revised Grammar presented a temptation to adorn it with a few extracts. In the pres- ent form of printing, these spaces do not occur; and, from a reluc- tance to part with these gems, room has been found for them here, — where, indeed, they seem to be placed even more appropriately, as a fit introduction to the book. In their original position, they be- long to sections 796, 171, 724, and 799. The last of these passages

, 1s selected the rather because its author is Professor of Modern Lan- guages, not of Greek, and is especially eminent as a Sanskrit scholar ; as that in ἃ 800, with a quotation above, because they occur in Lec- tures, not on the Greek, but on the English Language, and by one who has gained such distinction, both in public life, and by his

PREFACE. εὐ 5

scholarship in other than classic fields. The teacher of Greek, whose judgment might be suspected of partiality, would not perhaps ven- ture upon the strength of expression employed by the statesman-

scholar. Ἂν δ᾽

‘*T'HE REASONS why we spend so long a time in acquiring a mastery over the GREEK LANGUAGE are manifold. We do so partly because it is one of the most delicate and perfect instruments for the expres- sion of thought which was ever elaborated by the mind of man, and be- cause it is therefore admirably adapted, both by its points of resemblance to our own and other modern languages, and by its points of difference from them, to give us the IDEA, or fundamental conception, of all Gram- mar ; i. 6. of those laws which regulate the use of the forms by which we express our thoughts.

** Again, Greek is the key to one of the most astonishing and splendid regions of LITERATURE which are open for the intellect to explore, —a literature which enshrines works not only of imperishable interest, but also of imperishable importance, both directly and historically, for the development of human thought. It is the language in which the New Testament was first written; and into which the Old Testament was first translated. It was the language spoken by the greatest poets, the greatest orators, the greatest historians, the profoundest philosophers, the world has ever seen. It was the language of the most ancient, the most elo- quent, and in some respects the most important of the Christian fathers. It contains the record of institutions and conceptions which lie at the base of modern civilization ; and at the same time it contains the record, and presents the spectacle, of precisely those virtues in which modern civiliza- tion is most deficient.

‘Nor is it an end only ; it is also a means. Even for those who never succeed in reaping all the advantages which it places within their reach, it has been found to be, in various nations and ages during many hundred years, one of the very best instruments for the EXERCISE AND TRAINING OF THE MIND. It may have been studied irrationally, pedantically, and too exclusively ; but though it is desirable that much should be super- added, yet with Latin it will probably ever continue to be — what the great German poet Goethe breathed a wish that it always should be— the BASIS OF ALL HIGHER CULTURE.” — Farrar’s Greek Syntax.

INFLECTION. — “GREEK presents the MOST PERFECT SPECIMEN of an inflectional, or synthetic language. A language which gets rid of in- flections as far as possible, and substitutes separate words for each part of the conception, is called an analytic language ; and next to the Chi- nese, which has never attained to synthesis at all, few languages are more analytic than the English. A synthetic language will express in one word what requires many words for its expression in an analytic language : e. g. πεφιλήσομαι, 7 shall have been loved, Ich werde geliebt worden sein : ᾧχετο, abierat, i s’en était allé.

‘The advantage of synthetic language lies in its compactness, precision, and beauty of form ; analytic languages are clumsier, but they possibly admit of greater accuracy of expression, and are less liable to misconcep- tion. If they are inferior instruments for the imagination, they better

6 _ PREFACE.

serve the purposes of reason. Splendid efflorescence is followed by ripe fruit. The tendency of all languages, at least in historic times, is from synthesis to analysis, e. g. from case-inflections to the use of prepositions, and from tense-inflections to the use of auxiliaries. This tendency may be seen by comparing any modern language with its ancestor, e. g. Italian with Latin, Modern with Ancient Greek, Bengali with Sanskrit, Persian with Zend, German with Gothic, or English with Anglo-Saxon.

“ὁ ΤΆ is most important to observe that no inflection is arbitrary. Among all the richly multitudinous forms assumed by the Greek and Latin verbs, there is not one which does not follow some definite and ascertainable law. Parsing loses its difficulty and repulsiveness, when it is once understood that there is a definite recurrence of the same forms in the same meaning, and that the distorted shape assumed by some words is not due to arbi- trary license, but to regular and well understood laws of phonetic corrup- tion.” — Do. (from § 7-14 of Pt. I.).

Prosop1AL Distinctions. — ““ Both AccENT and QUANTITY have, and must have some play in all languages. So long as speech is dic- tated by thought and feeling, will men mark the more pregnant words and syllables with a superior tension of the voice. And so long as con- sonants remain solid, will it take a longer time to get over two of them in pronunciation than over one. In Greek, both accent and quantity were powerfully developed, so that whereas accent, the intellectual element, overbore quantity in prose, in verse on the other hand quantity, the musical element, overbore accent.” — CLYDE’s Greek Syntax.

THE GREEK ῬΒΟΒΙΕΜ. ‘“ What the inhabitants of the small city of Athens achieved in philosophy, in poetry, in art, in science, in poli- tics, is known to all of us; and our admiration for them increases ten- fold if, by a study of other literatures, such as the literatures of India, Persia, and China, we are enabled to compare their achievements with those of other nations of antiquity. The rudiments of almost everything, with the exception of religion, we, the people of aie δὼ the heirs to a fortune accumulated during twenty or thirty centuries of intellectual toil, owe to the Greeks ; and, strange as it may sound, but few, I think, would gainsay it, that to the present day the achievements of these our distant ancestors and earliest masters, the songs of Homer, the dialogues of Plato, the speeches of Demosthenes, and the statues of Phidias, stand, if not un- rivalled, at least unsurpassed by anything that has been achieved by their descendants and pupils.

** How the Greeks came to be what they were, and how, alone of all other nations, they opened almost every mine of thought that has since been worked by mankind ; how they invented and perfected almost every style of poetry and prose which has since been cultivated by the greatest minds μὰ race ; how they laid the lasting foundation of the principal arts and sciences, and in some of them achieved triumphs never since equalled, is a PROBLEM which neither historian nor philosopher has as yet been able to solve. Like their own goddess Athene, the people of Athens seem to spring full-armed into the arena of history ; and we look in vain to Egypt, Syria, or India for more than a few of the seeds that burst into such marvellous growth on the soil of Attica.” — Lectures on the Science of Language, by MAx MUuuEr, Professor of Modern European Languages in the University of Oxford ; Second Series.

PREFACE TO THE TABLES.

Tue following tables have been prepared as part of a Greek Gram- mar. They are likewise published separately, for the greater con- venience and economy in their use. The advantages of a tabular arrangement are too obvious to require remark; nor is it less obvi- ous, that tables are consulted and compared with greater ease when printed together, than when scattered throughout a volume.

The principles upon which the Tables of Paradigms have been constructed are the following: —

I. To avoid needless repetition. There is a certain ellipsis in gram- matical tables, as well as in discourse, which relieves not only the material instruments of the mind, but the mind itself, and which as-

‘sists alike the understanding and the memory. When the student has learned that, in the neuter gender, the nominative, accusative, and vocative are always the same, why, in each neuter paradigm that he studies, must his eye and mind be taxed with the examination of nine forms instead of three? why, in his daily exercises in declen- sion, must his tongue triple its labor, and more than triple the weari- ness of the teacher’s ear ?

II. To represent the language according to its actual use, and not according to the theories or fancies of the Alexandrine and Byzantine grammarians. For a single example, where not a few might be cited, the second future active and middle, which, except as a eu- phonic form of the first future, is purely imaginary, has been wholly rejected.

III. To distinguish between regular and irregular usage. What student, from the common paradigms, does not receive the impres- sion, sometimes never corrected, that the second perfect and pluper- fect, the second aorist and future, and the third future belong as reg-

ularly to the Greek verb, as the first tenses bearing the same name; when, in point of fact, the Attic dialect, even including poetic usage, presents only about fifty verbs which have the second perfect or pluperfect; eighty, which have the second aorist active; fifty, which have the second aorist or future passive; forty, which have the second aorist middle; and thirty which have the third future? The gleanings of all the other dialects will not double these numbers. From the common paradigms, what student would hesitate, in writing Greek, to employ the form in -μεθον, little suspecting that it is only a variety of the first person dual, so exceedingly rare, that the learned Elmsley (perhaps too hastily) pronounced it a mere in-

8 PREFACE,

vention of the Alexandrine grammarians? The teacher who meets with it in his recitation-room may almost call his class, as the crier called the Roman people upon the celebration of the secular games, “to gaze upon that which they had never seen before, and would never see again.” And yet, in the single paradigm of τύπτω, as I learned it in my boyhood, this ‘needless Alexandrine,” “* Which, like a wounded snake, drags its slow length along,”

occurs no fewer than twenty-six times, — almost nine times as often as in the whole range of the Greek classics.

To some there may appear to be an impiety in attacking the ven- erable shade of τύπτω, but alas! it is little more than a shade, and, with all my early and long cherished attachment to it, I am forced, after examination, to exclaim, in the language of Electra,

᾿Αντὶ φιλτάτης Μορφῆς, σποδόν τε καὶ σκιὰν ἀνωφελῆ, and to ask why, in an age which professes such devotion to truth, a false representation of an irregular verb should be still set forth as the paradigm of regular conjugation, and made the Procrustes’ bed to which all other verbs must be stretched or pruned.*

With respect to the manner in which these tables should be used, so much depends upon the age and attainments of the student, that no directions could be given which might not require to be greatly modified in particular cases. I would, however, recommend,

1. That the paradigms should not be learned en masse, but eradu- ally, in connection with the study of the principles and ‘pales “of the grammar, and with other exercises.

2. That some of the paradigms should rather be used for reference, than formally committed to memory. It will be seen at once, that some of them have been inserted merely for the sake of exhibiting ~ differences of accent, or individual peculiarities. Ε

3. That, in learning and consulting the paradigms, the student should constantly compare them with ‘each other, with the tables of terminations, and with the rules of the grammar. |

4, That the humble volume should not be dismissed from service, till the paradigms are impressed upon the tablets of the memory as legibly as upon the printed page, — till they have become so familiar to the student, that whenever he has occasion to repeat them, “ the

* In this edition, the example which takes the place of τύπτω is λύω, hap- pily chosen by the sagacious Kriiger as convenient and economical of time (zeitsparend), — ἃ verb which presents, to the eye, the prefixes, stem, and affixes, with entire distinctness and regularity throughout. A method of pronuncia- tion now becoming common in our country renders the use of βουλεύω as a verb of constant repetition less desirable than formerly, while it removes an objection to the use of λύω. This paradigm, as well as some others, has been the rather substituted as presenting a closer analogy to the Latin.

_ PREFACE. 9

words,” in the expressive language of Milton, “like so many nimble

and airy servitors, shall trip about him at command, and in well-

ordered files, as he would wish, fall aptly into their own places.” HANOVER, August 10, 1841. A

Durie the period that has passed since the preceding was writ- ten, such great changes have taken place in the grammars used in our schools and colleges, that some passages above seem almost to require historic notes, and the earnestness of argument in others may appear to students of the present generation like a Quixotic joust with windmills. It seems difficult to believe that it is only since that time that the use of τύπτω as a paradigm, and the tedious superfluities in -μεθον, have been dropped in our American grammars (not yet in all); and it is certainly much harder to understand, with all allowances for conservative force, why the latter are still so com- monly retained in the grammars prepared for German and English students. But time and labor are accounted of less value in the Old World than in the New.

The Tables are printed, in the present edition, more compactly than they have hitherto been, and with a distinction of type to assist in the analysis of forms, which has also been made more mintte. For illustration and explanation, many Latin analogies and many refer- ences to the text of the Grammar have been introduced, while other examples have been proposed for further practice. A minute Cata- logue of Verbs, with many references to authors, has been brought within moderate compass, with the help of some abbreviations; while the tenses commonly cited in parsing are so distinguished by larger type, that the eye of the student will catch them at once.

It was believed that a few pages could not be better occupied than by a very brief statement of some of the chief principles, definitions, and figures of Syntax, and of a convenient System of Sentential Analysis. As these belong to General Grammar, rather than to that of any particular language, it seemed best, for economy of space and greater clearness, to present the few examples which only could find room, in our own language chiefly.

Full compensation, however, is made to the Greek in § 80, which has been condensed from Dr. Clyde’s Appendix to his valuable trea- tise on Greek Syntax, with slight additions in brackets, and refer- ences to parallel parts of the present grammar. We are truly his debtors for presenting to us so concisely the received principles of Greek Grammar, in language such as an ancient grammarian, writing of course after the most classic period, might himself have used.

«*, The volume of Tables contains pp. 1, 2, 7-10, 19 - 120. ay |

CONTENTS. TABLES.

I. ORTHOGRAPHY AND ORTHOEPY.

. Alphabet. .

. Comparison of Alphabets

. Ligatures.

_ Vocal Elements :

. Words classified according to Accent .

. Figures affecting Letters and Sounds . Ἄρεος

. Contraction of Vowels

. Consonant Changes

cost ὍΦὺ Ovum 69 bo eH

Il. ETYMOLOGY. A. DECLENSION.

1. Cases classified . τι. Affixes of Declension . 111. Elements of the Affixes. tv. Affixes analyzed and com- pared with the Latin v. Greek and Latin Paradigms _ compared, λύρα, ναύτης, &c. vi. Nouns of Declension I., θεά, μοῦσα, wd}, μνᾶ, ταμίας, &c. vit. Nouns οἵ Declension IL., χορός, νοῦς, νεώς, why, &c.. vit. Nouns οἵ Declension III. A. Mute, γύψ, θρίξ, ἐλπίς, κλείς, λέων, σῶμα, φῶς, κέρας, &c. B. Liquid, θήρ, pis, ἀνήρ, &c. c. Pure, xis, ols, πόλις, ἱππεύς, ἠχώ, ναῦς, γένος, ἄστυ, &c. 1x. Dialectic Forms of Declension

x. Irregular and Dialectic De- .

clension, Ζεύς, vids, δόρυ, &e. x1. Adjectives of Two Termina-

tions, ἄδικος, σαφής, &c. . xu. Adjectives of Three Termi-

nations, μῶρος, ἡδύς, &c. . x11. Numerals, εἷς, δύο, τρεῖς, &c. xiy. Active Participles, λύων, &c. xv. Substantive Pronouns . xvi. Adjective Pronouns, ὁ, &c.

B. CoMPARISON . , C. CONJUGATION. I. Distinctions classified. . .

COONTO στ Pome

17 18

19 20

21 2

bo

23 25 26 27 28

29

30

11. Formation of the Tenses. .§ 81 11. Analysis of the Verb 32 ιν. Translation of παύω. . 34 v. Subjective Affixes analyzed and compared . . 35 vi. Objective Affixes analyzed and compared . 36 vil. General Paradigm, λύω 57 ἔλιπον, πέποιθα, ἐτρίβην. 88 vill. Classes of Verbs. A. Mute, τρίβω, τάσσω, &e. . 39 B. Liquid, ἀγγέλλω, φαίνω 40 c. Double-Consonant . ~ 41 D. Pure. i. Contract, τιμῶ, PAO, δηλῶ, OnpS, πλέω, Kc. 42 Latin Analogies . 43 ii. Barytones in -a, θύω, &e, 44 iii, Verbs in -pt, ἵστημι, τίθημι, δίδωμι, δείκνυμι, ἕημι, εἰμί," εἶμι, φημί, ο. 45 E. Preteritives, οἶδα, ἣμαι, &c. 46 ΙΧ. Relation of Tenses and Stem- ROMS ΠΥ αος, ΑΕΥΡΙ ΣΧ ΕΝ ον £7 x. Dialectic Forms . 48 XI. Classes & Notation of Stems 49 x1. Catalogue of Verbs. . 50 D. Numerars . .~52 E. PRONOMINAL CORRELATIVES 58 ΒΕ, Taste oF DERIVATION 54 G. SIGNIFICANT ELEMENTS δῦ Ill. SYNTAX. A. General Principles . . . 56 B. Figures of Syntax. . 67 C. Formsof Analysisand Parsing 72 D. Chief Rules of Syntax 76

IV. PROSODY AND PRO- NUNCIATION.

A. Table of Feet a 77

B. Metrical Deseription eid Analysis . 78

C. Methods of Pronunciation . 79

GREEK APPENDIX 80

»

CONTENTS.

1

ΓΝΤΒΟΡΌΟΤΊΟΝ. ---- DIALECTS. . . . . . 881

BOOK I. ORTHOGRAPHY AND ORTHOEPY. - §90

Cu. 1. CHARACTERS. .

History of ek a ‘

Cu. 2. Fiaures .

Cu. 3. VowEis ... Syllabication . . . 1. Precession. ᾿ 11. Union of Syllables .

A. Contraction Ἦ δον τς

97 99

- 106

111 113

» ἢ τὶ

118 124

c. Apostrophe, οὐ Elision . 127 Dialectic Variations . 180 Cu. 4. CONSONANTS. . 137 Old Semivowels. . 188

Euphonic Changes, A. In Formation of Words 147

B. In Connection of Words 161

c. Special Rules. . . Dialectic Variations . . .

BOOK II. ETYMOLOGY.

. 172 Cu. 1. PRINCIPLES OF DECLEN- ~« 178

Divisions and Definitions

BION - τἀ es A. Gender .. B. Number, c. Case

D. Methods and General Rules . 186 Cu. 2. DECLENSION oF Nouns. . 194

E. History of Declension .

1. First Declension. .

Dialectic Forms. . . . 197

11. Second Declension. . . 199

Dialectic Forms . NE at Τ ς

ur. Third Declension. . . 202

A. Mutes . . Shore poe |

B. Liquids. j % 208

c. Pures J ite 91.

Dialectic Forms . Lh, Sou

tv. Irregular Nouns + » 228

Cu. 8. ADJECTIVES . 35 229

Cu. 4. NUMERALS « . 289 Cu. 5. PRoNouNs.

1. Substantive . . . . . 948

11. Adjective . eit ih je 348

Cu. 6. COMPARISON. . . 256 1. Of Adjectives,

A. By -τερος, -raros . 257

B. By -lwv, -urros . . . 260

c. Irregular . : . 262

π. Of Adverbe 3s. οὐ ξ 2. 1263

History of Comparison 264

Cu. 7. PRINCIPLES OF Consu-

GATION . egy. ae Oe

A. Voice . . 266

B. Tense . . 267

BOOK III:

General Remarks . ow SOL

Cu. 1. Tue SUBSTANTIVE.

174 178 180

. 165

167

c. Mode . . 269 p. Number and Person . 270 π. History of Conjugation . 271

Cu. 8. PREFIXES OF CoNJUGA- TION.

1 Augmen.. est Sl ot ς 977 11. Reduplication . . . . 280 111. In Composition . . . 282 Dialectic Use 284

Cu. 9. AFFIXES oF ConsvGA- TION. 1. Classification and Analysis A. Tense-Signs a> B. Connecting Vowels . c. Flexible Endings. . . 11. Union with the Stem. A. Consonant Changes. .

285 288

- 290

295 304

B. Vowel Changes . . 809

c. -MI Form. ἃ 1518

ἐᾷ Complete Tenses. 817 Dialectic Forms. » 321 Cu. 10. STEM OF THE VERB . 336 1. Prime Stems . . » B40 11. Euphonic Stems . 341 111.. Emphatic Stems . . 346 Iv. Adopted Stems. 358

Cu. 11. FoRMATION OF Worps

359

1, Of Simple Words . 362 A. Nouns . . 363 B. Adjectives . . 373 c. Pronouns . . 377 D. Verbs . 378 E. Adverbs .. τ POU

11. Of Compound Words. . 383

SYNTAX.

‘Js Agreement =... + γα ἢ II. Use of Cases. .

393

. 897

(12

A. Nominative B. Genitive. A 1. Of Departure 1. Separation . 2. Distinction ir. Of Cause. A. 1. Origin . . Material . Supply. . . Partitive . Motive, &e. . Price, Value, &e. : Sensible and Men- tal Object . Time and Place .

p. Constituent . . ἢ 1. Property aA 2: nelataon ἐς Ss C. Dative Objective . 1. Of Approach . 1. Nearness . 2. Likeness ur. Of Influence D. Dative Residual 1. Instrumentaland Modal ΤΙ. Temporal and Local . E. Accusative . . : 1. Of Direct Object, κοι. Double Accusative . 11. Of Specification m1. Of Extent . ; tv. Adverbial (. 0°. F. Vocative. Remarks on. the Cases III. Use of Numbers, Gen- ders, and Persons Rules of Agreement Cu. 2. ADJECTIVE AND PRO- NOUN. 1. Agreement rig 11. On the Adjective .

BOOK. IV.

Cu. 1. QUANTITY AND VER- SIFICATION . . tes I. Natural Quantity . II. Local Quantity 111. Versification . A. Dactylic Verse . B. Anapzestic Verse c. Iambic Verse. D. Trochaic Verse . £. Other Metres

CONTENTS. 8 400[ «11. Use of Degrees 403] .v. Use of the Article. 404 A. Broad Use 405 B. Article Proper . 406} vy. On the Pronoun 410 A. Personal, &c. . 411 B. Αὐτός. Ε 412 c. Demonstrative . 414 p. Indefinite. 415 E. Relative . . 428 F. Complementary and In- 431 terrogative . α. ΓΛΑλλος and Ἕτερος. - 432|Cu. 8. THE VERB. 433} I. Agreement . . 434| II. Use of the Voices 435 A. Active. 440 B. Middle nae 441 C. Passive .. » 9 Ὁ 448} III. Use of the Tenses Oi 449 A. Definite and Indefinite 450 B. Complete . 451 σ. Interchange oe aR 452| IV. Use of the Modes. 465 A. Intellective . 466 Use of ἄν΄. 469 1. Final Clauses . 470 11. Conditional . 472 111. Relative & Temporal 480 Iv. Complementary . 481 v. Interchange . 482 B. Volitive 483 c. Incorporated . 484 1. Infinitive . 485 ' u1. Participle . 1Π|. Verbal in -réos . 488|Cu. 4. THE PARTICLE. 492 A. The Adverb . > B. The Preposition. . c. The Conjunction . 504 Observations 506'Cu. 5. ARRANGEMENT. PROSODY. Cu. 2. ACCENT . 728) I. General Laws . . . + 726] II. In Vowel Changes . . 734| III. In Inflection. . . . 740] IV. In Construction. ; 747 A. Grave Accent 701}. Β. Anastrophe . τ λα 755 Oo. Prochtics’. Σ᾿“ τς 760 Ὁ. Enclitics . : 764| V. In Formation . ἢ

GREEK TABLES.

I. ORTHOGRAPHY AND ORTHOEPY.

1. Tue ALPHABET.

(8 90 — 92.) Order. Large. Senall. Tethers. ; Names. i A a a "Aga Alpha I. B £86 b Βῆτα Beta Ill. r yf δ, ἢ Tappa Gamma IV. aa d Δέλτα Delta Υ. Bit ἃ & Ἔ Widdv Epsilon ¥L ATs Ὁ Z Zinta Zeta VII. H 7 é - *Hra Eta MIE <5 8. 9 th Θῆτα Theta IX. I ι i ἸἸῶτα Tota x. KR Ks c Karna Kappa ΧΙ. ἈΠ Χ ] AdpBda Lambda XII. M up m Μῦ. Mu XIII Lae n No Nu XIV. mw § x Ξι ΧΙ XV. Oe 5 *O μῖκρόν Omicron XVI. i χὰ P Ti Pi XVII P a pep Ἐν Ῥῶ Rho XVIII 2,C σιν 5 Σίγμα Sigma XIX. ἘΠ ΕΝ t Ταῦ Tau FoF Y¥ °Y y Ὗ ψῖλόν Upsilon ΧΧΙ. Φ φ ph di Phi XXII Som ch ΧΙ Chi, XXIII v y ps Vi Psi XXIV. Ὧν ἃ Ὁ Ὦ μέγα Omega Peewey Sani * Bai Vau δες | φις 4 Κόππα Koppa 7) sh Say San

14 7 | TABLES. § 2.

2. COMPARISON OF ALPHABETS.

(97, 98.)

Hebrew. Greek. Latin. Hebrew. Greek. Latin. δὲ Aleph Aa Alpha A a |DSamekh 2 oSigma S 5 5 Beth B B Beta B b |y Ayn Oo OmicronO o ἃ Gimel IT y Gamma G g [3 Pe II + Pi ἘΠ τα Ἵ Daleth A ὃ Delta D ἃ |x Tsadhe Ἐξ Xi eS 1 He Ee Epsilon E e Ρ Qoph Fg Koppa Q ἃ ἡ Vav F F Vau F f |5 Resh Pp Rho τ + Zayin Zt Zeta Ζ z twShin ΤΟ San,Sampi m Hheth Hy Eta H ἢ |nTav T +r Tau To. Ὁ Tet © @ Theta Y v U psilon U,V,u, v, > Yodh I t Iota 1. 51) Ἐπ ἢ 5. Kaph Kk Kappa 0C,Ke,k ᾧ & Phi 5 Lamedh A A Lambda L 1 X X Chi Dn Mem Mp Mu Mm Ψ Psi ΣΝ Nw Νὰ N on Q ὦ O mega

3. LigATuREs. (90. 2.)

ou as | om ἐπι | of 270 amo | of ἐξ | 0% σθαι αν av | a εὖ |os oo

\ \

ὃ γαρ lw nv 3 OT 2 vy ἢ : σχ A Kab οἷο γεν | © ται 25 YP | mM λλ ὧν Tav 4 δὲ μὴν μεν ὥ τὴν δὲ δι» ος |¢ τῆς Δίῳ δια | g ον ae το εἰ ῇ Ges περι 9 τοῦ

ἶ a |\F τῶν q |e p : 2 εκ CA pe ww υν ey ev | eg po | va ὕπο

§ 5. ‘ORTHOGRAPHY AND ORTHOHPY. 15

| 4. VocaL ELEMENTS. I. Vowets, Suvpte anp Compounp (106-110).

Class I. ro: SRR ARS OW. A O E U I Perle ἢ Sounds. Sounds. Sounds. Sounds. Sounds. hort ae ο ε v ἵ ΞΙΜΡΙΕ VoweLs, ᾿ rr τ Ὁ Long, 2. “ἃ @ ἢ ῦ ϊ Proper 3. a ot εἰ ve DIPHTHONGS IN Ἢ; ren 3 mt Improper, 4. @ ῳ n ve Proper, 5. ἅν οὐ ev DiIpHTHONGS IN »,4 Per, a Improper, 6. Gv ov nu

II. Consonants (137, 138). Class I. Class II. Class IIT.

Orders. Labials. Palatals. Linguals.

1. Smootn Mutss, π k τ

MUTES. 2. MippLe Mutes, β Ύ ὃ

3. Rouen Motes, p x θ

4, DoustE Consonants, Ψ ξ ζ

SEMI-— )5. Sprrants, F I σ VOWELS. ) 6. Nasats, μ Ύ ν ἐπι ΓΕΡᾺ 7. FLvents, A p ΕΑΝ

ConsoNANTS (SECOND ARRANGEMENT).

Labial, or + Mutes, 7, B, 4, _MUTES, Guttural, or x Mutes, k, y, X,

Dental, or τ Mutes, 1, 8, 0, Simple Consonants. Liquids, A, p, v, p, Ὑ nasal,

Sibilants, Pure, σ᾽

SEMIVOWELS, Mixed, W, Ἐξ, Double, or Compound Con-

sonants.

III. Breararnes (93). -

Rouen Breatuine, or AsprraTE (‘). Smootn, or Sorr Breatuina (ἢ).

5. Worps CuLassiFieD ACCORDING TO ACCENT.

Proclitic: ( Oxytone: Paroxytone: ς 3. 3 ε e997 5» , ’ ’ 6, οὐ, ἐν, ὡς. | σύ, ἰδέ, ἀκοή. λύω, ταμίας. ORTHOTONE : Barytone : Proparoxy tone: : : ὅς, dpa, mip: | ὕω, ἄξια, Ade - ἴδιος, ἐλύετε. Enclitic : Perispome : Properispome : νῆσός τις. οὗ, ὁρῶ, ἀνιῶ. σῦκον, τιμᾶτε.

16 ORTHOGRAPHY AND ORTHOEPY. § 6.

6. Figures arrectinc Lerrers AnD Sounps (99s).

1. Adding : 2. Subtracting: 3. Transposing: 5. Uniting: PRoTHESIS, (Jnitial) APH#RESIS, METATHESIS. SYNARESIS, EPENTHESIS, (Medial) SyNcoPE, 4, Exchanging : Contraction, PARAGOGE, (Final) APocoPE, ANTITHESIS. Crasis, EXTENSION. Apostrophe. Assimilation. Synizesis.

6. Resolving : 7. Shortening: 8. Lengthening: 9. Attenuating:

DLERESIS. . SYSTOLE. DIASTOLE. PRECESSION.

7. ContTRactTION oF VoweEts (115s).

In the columnsin § 7 and 8, the first of the vowels or consonants affected by the change is placed at the left, and the second at the top, both in common type. The result of the change is in full-face type, in a line with the first and beneath the second. The paren- theses enclose regular changes in the union of the stem and affixes of verbs. The labial, palatal, or lingual mute with which v final combines as a, is represented by/ or p. Some changes are placed below the columns, and some special cases are enclosed in brackets.

Se! ἡ - δου ete τῷ, (ἃ OLR) (@ mw ἃ @ @ ἃ @ © © @© ©) @ mw a

a {av ae oe τ Γ ἢ ἢ o ἐᾧᾧ ὦ εἕὦ εῷᾧ GQ

ω. αι [Dor. ἃ ᾶ

ἢ ἢ ἢ @ &@ ἢ ἢ OV οἱ οὔ, ὦ) ῳ εἰ εὖ en a ey [lon. ev ev]

a εἰ [Augm. ἡ o © <0] oh τῷ Ἧς ἢ » εν ἢ -ὴν

ω αι (ov ob ὦ οὐ οὐ οὐ οὐ ὦ) ᾧ οι ov οὐ ἃ υη: ο ἢ @ ὦ

ov a wo @ ω ῳ ὧν εκ U t 6 v Ὁ v wu 0

eve & eva εἰ, ore & o1a Or, ova w & ov, viv. In Augment, éav ηὐ & ad, ἐευ εὖ & nd, ἐο ὦ, ἐεο éw. In Affixes (18), ao ov& a, ac ar, o¢ or & ὠ, οἵῳ.

_8. EvpHonic CHANGES OF ConsoNANTS (141 5).

0, v fi- π; β, Ύ; CK pp ΘΝ nal 6 ¢y x€ I 7,26 (by μμ 40 πτ gar) ἴα BB [πφ] ἴσσ, 1] ΎΧχ €& X ye x® «Kr yar) pa 75 [xx] oo, ὕ 7 δ οθ) (σ K σμσθ στ Sar) ἴα o, σι ἐκ [τθ] ν t, oo (ve γκ py v0) μπ ιν i a le Ng να ΕΠ ΠΥ OF στε μ a ὙΧ eg pe γέ

VA AA, vp Pp & νδρ, νθσ vo, vet, (Ao AE, μα με, PT PE, μμμ BH, ὙΎΜ Yt.) μὰ BA, up Bp, po Pp, oo rr, σδ ἵ, Fp p, Fo vo, AL AA.

§ 10. ETYMOLOGY. — DECLENSION. 17

IL ETYMOLOGY.

9. Nores. 1. To avoid needless repetition, alike burdensome to teacher and pupil, and to accustom the student early to the application of rule, the tables of paradigms have been constructed with the following ellipses, which will be at once supplied from general rules :

a. In the paradigms of DECLENSION, except the first, the Voc. sing. is omitted whenever it has the same form with the Nom., and the following cases are omitted throughout (see 181) :

a. The Voc. plur., because it is always the same with the Nom.

8. The Dat. dual, because it is always the same with the Gen.

y. The Acc. and Voc. dual, as always the same with the Nom.

ὃ. The Acc. and Voc. neut., in all the numbers, as always the same with the Nom. .

b. In the paradigms of ADJECTIVES, and of words similarly inflected, the Neuter is omitted in the Gen. and Dat. of all the numbers, and in the Nom. dual ; because in these cases it never differs from the Masculine.

c. In the paradigms of consucaTiIoN, the 1st Pers. dual is omitted. throughout, as having the same form with the Ist Pers. plur., and the 3d Pers. dual is omitted whenever it has the same form with the 2d Pers. dual, that is, in the primary tenses of the Indicative, and in the Subjunc- tive (299¢).. For the form in -μεθον, whose empty shade has been so multiplied by grammarians, and forced to stand, for idle show, in the rank and file of numbers and persons, see 299 b.

2. Varieties of inflection have been illustrated by some tables of still briefer form ; where it seemed undesirable to cumber the page and weary the eye by the multiplication of needless details (17 s, 26, 39s). In the shorter paradigms of verbs, the dual has been commonly omitted, because so little used, and so readily supplied from the general rule in 299 e.

3. The regular formation of the tenses is exhibited in the table (81), which may be thus read: ‘‘ The tense is formed from the stem by affixing , or, ‘by prefixing and affixing (or, in the nude form, ).” In the application of this table, the forms of the stem must be distinguished, if it has more than a single form (336).

4. A star (*) in the tables shows that an element or form is wanting. Brackets [7 are chiefly used to enclose what is unusual or doubtful, or may be omitted. . For the common mode of representing euphonic change by the aid of parentheses, see 118 6, In this mode, Latin Italics have the same office as Greek full-face letters (and also, in § 42, common Greek letters, until a hyphen separates). For the use of the signs j, |], ~, see 27; of ‘, !, and superior figures, 36 g, 37 r; of (v, 162a.

A. TABLES OF DECLENSION. 10. 1. Cases Cuassiriep (397 s).

Subjective. Objective. Residual. NoMINATIVE. ACOCUSATIVE. VOCATIVE. Direct. - Subject. Direct Object. Compellative. Who. W hereinto. Address. GENITIVE. DATIVE. Dative (Ablative). Indirect. Origin, &c. Indirect Object. Accompaniment. Whence (from, of). Whither (to, for). Where (at,in, with, by).

18 DECLENSION. — AFFIXES, ὁ § 11.

11. wu. AFFIxEsS OF THE THREE DECLENSIONS.

ὩΣ Ἢ κα, Μ. x Nout, M. a vejent. Sing. Nom. as, ης α; ἢ os | ον ee aa Gen. ov |as, ἧς ov os Dat. a, ἢ @ ἵ Ace. av, nv ov ν, a ᾿ Voce. a, ἢ ε [ον Ἐ + Plur. Nom. αι o | ἃ ες | ἀ Gen. ῶν ων ων Dat. aus” ous oi(v Ace. as ous | ἃ as a Voc. αι o | a ες ἄ Dual Nom. a w | ε ~ Gen. aw : ον. ou Dat. aw ow ow Acc. a ω ε Voc. a @ €

12. 11. Exements of THE AFFIXES.

In the column of Flexible Endings, the figures denote the Declensions ; the small full-face letters are signs of relation or case, and the full-face capitals are signs of nwmber ; while those to which G. is attached also in- dicate gender. See 186-189.

Connecting Vowels. Flexible Endings. Dec. I. | Dec. II. | Dec. ITT. Sing. Nom. || a(n) | © νὴ ς. Fem. 1, *. Neut. 2, να. ; 3, * Gen. a(n) ο * ier os. ὸ and Mase. 1, o. Dat. a(n) | © Ἂ Acc. a(n) | © = οἱ ἅ. Neut. 8, *. γοο. a(n) | o(e) = * Plur. Nom. || a ο * * llEs. land2,E. Neut.“AG. Gen. α oF * oN. Dat. a oz * (Ext). 3, Xv. 1 and 2, md. Ace. || α ο ἢ * ΠΣ) a. Neut.“A α. Du. N. A.V.|| α ο ιν E. G. D. a ο * UN. 8, oN.

ὃ 14, 13.

, AFFIXES AND PARADIGMS COMPARED,

19

1v. ArFixEs ANALYZED AND COMPARED WITH THE LATIN.

The Affixes, printed in full-face type or italics, are preceded by their analyses in common type. Hyphens separate the Connecting Vowels from

the Flexible Endings.

Dec. I Dec. II. Masc. Fem M. F. Neut. S.N. a-s Gs,qs | a-* a, o-s os | o-v ov a-* ἃ o-s ws | o-m ἄν, G.a-o ov | a-os ds, ns 0-0 ου͵ 8-1 ὦ [di, ds] o-i i [tits] D. αι 4,4 o-t ῳ 8:1 ὦ οἱ 61] Ab.a-e ἃ 0-6 6 A. av αν, nv o-v ον am am o-m wm Vee ee τὰ ἢ o-* ε 0-» ον a-* @ o-* ὅ o-m wm P.N. a-e a -o-e ov } *-a & a-e ὦ o-e ἢ *¥.a ἅ G. a-wv ὧν o-wy wv a-um aréim [ttm] o-um 6riim[ tim] Ὁ. α-ἰς αἷς ο-ἰς οις a-is is [abis] o-is is [dbis] A. a-vs as o-vs ovs | *-a & a-ms ds o-msés | *-a & DN. ἀεὶ ἃ o-€ @ G. a-w ay ο-ιν οιἂν

Dec. III.

M. F. Neut. ς * 8 | x

os

is

t

a

é [2 ν,ἅ τ em [im] ~ % [ Br N.] * =. N. be ες ἅ és | a [ta

ων

oi(v

ibis[is

vs ἅς ems és [7s] a [ta] € ow

14. v. GREEK AND Latin PARADIGMS COMPARED. FIRST DECLENSION, — FEMININE.

Sing. Nom. λύρᾶ, Gen. λύρᾶς, Dat. λύρᾳ, Ace. λύρᾶν, Voc. dupa,

Plur. Nom. λύραι, Gen. λυρῶν, Dat. λύραις, Acc. λύρᾶς, Voc. λύραι,

Dual Nom. λύρᾶ, Gen. λύραιν,

Gen. |

Abl. Dat. Abl.

Gen.

Abl. 1

Dat. Abl.

lyra, yTe, lyra, lyre, lyra, lyram, lyra,

lyre, lyraérum, yris, lyris, lyris, lyras, lyre,

lyre duc,

lyrérum duarum,

a lyre (Subject). of a lyre.

from a lyre.

to or for a lyre. with or by a.lyre. a lyre (Object). O lyre.

lyres (Subject). of lyres.

Srom lyres.

to or for lyres. with or by lyres. lyres (Object). O lyres.

two lyres (Subject). of two lyres, &e.

20 GREEK AND LATIN DECLENSION COMPARED. § 14. DEC. I. MASC. DEC. II. MASC, DEC. Ill. M. F. Sailor. Wile. Swine. Sing. Nom. ναύτη nauta δόλος dolus σῦς suis Gen. ναύτου naute δόλου doli aids sitis Dat. ναύτῃ naut@ δόλῳ dole ott = std Abl. nauta . dolo ste Acc. ναύτην nautan δόλον dolwm σῦν stem Voc. ναῦτἅ nauta δόλε dole od ~~ suis Plur. N.V. ναῦται naute δόλοι dol aves sites Gen. ναυτῶν nautdrum δόλων dolorwn στῶν suwm Dat. ναύταις nautis δόλοις dolis ctot stibus Ace. vatras nautas δόλους dolos avas siles Du. N. A.V. vara δόλω ove G. D. ναύταιν δόλοιν ovoty DEC. II. NEUT. DEC. III. NEUT. DEC. IV. N. Gift. Fire. Throat. Tear. Knee. 5, N. A.V. δῶρον = donwm πῦρ guttir δάκρῦ — gen Gen. δώρου dont πῦρός guttiris ddxpios gen(iiis)iis Dat. δώρῳ. dono πυρί gutturé δάκρυς = gen(uz)a Abl. dono gutture gen(ue)ti P. N. A.V. δῶρά dona guttura δάκρυα genta Gen. δώρων dondrum gutturwm δακρύων genuwm Dat. δώροις donis gutturibus - δάκρυσν genubus D. N. A.V. depo δάκρυε α. ἢ. δώροιν δακρύοιν

For σύας was also used the contract form σῦς ; for swibus, the syncopated stibus ; and for genwous (genuibus), by a syncope of the τ, genibus. See 225 f.

15. vi. Nouns or THE First DsEciEnsion. ἃ. FEMININE.

The goddess, ἥν, MUSE, table, SONY, mind, Lat. dea musca § musa mensa 5dé mina OS ae bea pvia μοῦσᾶ Tpame Ca oon μνᾶ G. τῆς θεᾶς μυίας μούσης τραπέζης ᾧδῆς μνᾶς

D. τῇ θεᾷ μυίᾳ μούσῃ τραπέζῃ. ᾧδῇῃ μνᾷ

A. τὴν θεν μυϊᾶν μοῦσᾶάνδϑΨΣἀἭ τράπεζΑν ῳᾧδήν μνᾶν P.N. ai δεαΐ pviat μοῦσαι τράπεζαι δαί μναῖ α. τῶν θεῶν μυιῶν μουσῶν τραπεζῶν δῶν μνῶν D. ταῖς θεαῖς μυίαις μούσαις τραπέζαις ᾧδαῖς μναῖς

A. τὰς θεᾶς μυίς povods τραπέζαεςἁ @das μνᾶς

Ὁ. Ν. τὰ θεᾶ pula μούσᾶ τραπέζᾶ oda μνᾶ G. ταῖν θεαῖν μυίαν μούσαινν τραπέζαιν day μναῖν 8 16. ὁ. Dec. I. 180}, 194s: Gender 176; ἡ, ὁ, 175 Ὁ; ἃ; ἃ, or η,

in Sing., 1945; ποιητὰ 194. 25 μν(αα)ᾶ, Ἑρμ(έας)ῆς, 196, 120 6; βοῤῥᾶ, Τωβρύου and -a, 198.1, 954. Accent: θεᾶς 775 ἃ, μυίας 771 Ὁ, μυιῶν 7118, τραπέζης 710 ἃ, ᾿Ατρεῖδαι 711 ο, Ἑρμ(έαςγῆς 772. — Other Examples, σκιά shadow, οἰκία house, θύρα door, ὥρα hora, HOUR, μοῖρα portion, γλῶσσα or γλῶττα (169 a) tongue, δόξα opinion, λέαινα lioness, τιμή honor, κόρη maiden, ovx(éa)h fig-tree ; vedvias young man, κριτής judge, Mépans Persian.

§ 16. NOUNS OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSION,. 21

b. MASCULINE. steward, poet, sonof Atreus, Mercury, north wind. questor ροδία Atrides Hermes boreas rapids ποιητῆς ᾿Ατρείδης ‘Epu(eas γῆς Bo(péds)ppas ταμίου ποιητοῦ ‘Arpeidov Ἑ ρμίέου )od Bo(péou)ppa τῷ ταμίᾳ ποιητῇ ᾿Ατρείδη ἙἙρμίέᾳ ἢ ββο(ρέᾳ )ppa τὰν ταμίᾶν ποιητήν ᾿Ατρείδην ‘Epp(éay ἣν Bo(peav)ppay

2 ᾿».ΌΦΙΕ - st

Ya Κα Saag

V. ταμίξ ποιητᾶ ᾿Ατρείδη ἝἙῬρμίέαᾷ ἢ ββο(ρέᾶ ἡῥῥᾶ ; : , : : Gobryas. ΄“ ΄ ji P. N. of ταμίαι ποιηταί Ατρεῖδαι Ἕ,ρμίέαι )at N. Τωβρύᾶς G. τῶν ταμιῶν ποιητῶν ᾿Ατρειδῶν Ἑρμ(εῶν)ῶν G. Τωβρύου, D. τοῖς ταμίαις ποιηταῖς ᾿Ατρείδαις “Epp(éats)ais Γωβρύα A. τοὺς ταμίᾷ: ποιητᾶς ᾿Ατρείδας ‘Epp(éds jas D. Τωβρύᾳ . μ “) ρ ρμ Ξ ρ ‘ D. N. τὼ ταμίῷ ποιτά ᾿Ατρείδδ ‘Epu(ea la A. Τωβρύᾶν a , “ > ΄ c ΄ “ Mo G. τοῖν ταμίαιν ποιηταᾶῖν ᾿Ατρείδαιν Ἑ, ρμίέαιν)αῖν V. Τωβρύὰᾶ 16. vu. Nouns or THE Sseconp DEcLENSION. a. MASCULINE AND FEMININE. The choir, island, angel, mind, temple. Lat. chorus instila angélus ᾿ mens fanum ¢ a A - : S.N. ὁ χορός ἡἣ νῆσος ὃ ἄγγελος ὁ νόος, νοῦς ὃ νᾶός, νεώς “a / 7 “ a G. χοροῦ νήσου ἀγγέλου νόου, νοῦ ναοῦ, νεώ a ’ > , , a a , D. χορῷ νήσῳ ἀγγέλῳ νόῳ, νῷ ναῷ, νεῴ Α. χορόν νῆσον ἄγγελον νόον, νοῦν ναόν, νεών, Ὑ. χορέ νῆσε ἄγγελε νόε, νοῦ [νεώ P.N. χοροί νῆσοι ἄγγελοι νόοι, νοῖ ναοί, νεῴ α. χορῶν νήσων ἀγγέλων νόων, νῶν ναῶν, νεών D. χοροῖς νήσοις ἀγγέλοις νόοις νοῖς ναοῖς, νεῴς “ ’ A. χορούς νήσους ἀγγέλους νόους, νοῦς ναούς, νεώς D.N. χορώ νήσω ἀγγέλω νόω, νώ ναώ, νεώ “ , ΕῚ ’ὔ’ , ΄ “ , G. xopoty νῆσον ἀγγέλοιν νόοιν, vow ναοῖν, νεὼν . b. NEUTER. The €99, cave, apple, part, bone. Lat. ovum antrum malum membrum os \ bw ἃ a “a νυ 3 ’, > a S. N. τὸ ὠόν ἄντρον μῆλον μόρϊον ὀστέον, ὀστοῦν G. τῦ ὠοῦ ἄντρου μήλου μορίου ὀστέου, ὀστοῦ a reer »” , , > , > a D. τῷ ὠῷ ἄντρῳ μήλῳ μορίῳ ὀστέῳ, ὀστῷ P.N. ra ou ἄντρᾶ μῆλᾶ pooped doTéd, ὀστᾶ G. τῶν av ἄντρων. μήλων μορίων ὀστέων, ὀστῶν a ΄“΄ a “ D. τος ὠοῖς ἄντροις μήλοις μορίοις ὀστέοις, ὀστοῖς D.N. τὼ ὠώ ἄντρω μήλω μορίω ὀστέω, ὀστώ “ “ ΄ , > ~ G. τὸν ov ἄντρον μήλοιν μορίοιν ὀστέοιν, ὀστοῖν

§ 16. c. Ῥπο. IT. 1995: Gender 176 ; v(d0s)ots, ὀστ(έονγοῦν, 121, 120 6, 772; ν(αῤε)εώς 120 ο, i, 772 ἃ ; A. νεώ 199. 8 ; ὠόν 140. —O. E. ὁ λόγος word, ἡ ὁδός way, ὁ δῆμος people, ὁ ταῦρος taurus, bull, 6, ἡ ἄνθρωπος homo, man, ὁ θεός (182 c) deus, god, ὁ πλοῦς voyage, ὁ λεώς people, ὁ λαγώς hare, ἡ ἕως dawn; πτερόν wing, ῥόδον rosa, ROSE, σῦκον Jig, ὄργανον tool,

22 THIRD DECLENSION. — MUTES. § 17. 17. v. Nouns or THE THIRD DECLENSION. A. MUTE.—a. MAscuLINE AND FEMININE. a. LABIAL. b. PALATAL. c. LINGUAL. ὁ, vulture. | ὁ, ἡ, goat. ἡ, hair. | n, hope. ὁ, tooth. ἡ, key. 5. N. yi αἴξ θρίξ ἐλπὶς ὀδούς κλείς clavis G. γῦπός | alyds τρῖχός | ἐλπῖδοο ὀδόντος κλειδός D. γῦπί αἰγί τριχί ἐλπίδι ὀδόντι κλειδί A. γῦπα αἶγα τρίχα | ἐλπίδα ὀδόντα κλεῖδα, κλεῖν P.N. γῦπες αἶγες τρίχες | ἐλπίδες ὀδόντες κλεῖδες κλεῖς] G. γυπῶν | αἰγῶν τριχῶν | ἐλπίδων ὀδόντων κλειδῶν D. yowi αἰξί θριξί ἐλπίσι ὀδοῦσι κλεισί _A. γῦπας αἶγας τρίχας | ἐλπίδας ὀδόντας κλεῖδας, κλεῖς D.N. γῦπε aiye «τρίχε | ἐλπίδε ὀδόντε κλεῖδε G. γῦποῖν | αἰγον τριχοῖν | ἐλπίδονν ὀδόντοιν κλειδοῖν ἡ, vein. | 6, raven. ὁ, lynx. | ἡ, strife. ἡ, helmet. 6, foot. S. N. φλέ κόραξ λύγξ ἔρϊς κόρῦς πούς G. φλεβός | κόρᾶκος λυγκός | ἔρϊδος KopvOos ποδός D, φλεβί | Kopaxt λυγκί ᾿ ἔριδι κόρυθι ποδί A. φλέβα | κόρακα λύγκα | ἔριδα, ἔριν κόρυθα, κόρυν πόδα P.D. φλεψί | κόραξι λυγξί | ἔρισι κύρυσι ποσί d. LINGUAL (continued). ὁ, ἡ, child. 6,sovereign. ἡ, wife 6, lion. 6, giant. ἡ, Opus. S. N. παῖς ἄναξ δάμαρ λέων γίγᾶς ᾽Οποῦς G. παιδός ἄνακτος δάμαρτος λέοντος γίγαντος ᾿Οποῦντος D. παιδί ἄνακτι δάμαρτι λέοντι γίγαντι ᾽Οποῦντι Α. παῖδα ἄνακτα δάμαρτα λέοντα γίγαντα ᾿ὈΟποῦντα Υ. παῖ ava λέον γίγἄᾶν Ῥ, Ὁ. παισί ἄναξι δάμαρσε λέουσι. γίγᾶσι 6. NEUTER. — LINGUAL. τὸ, body. τὸ, light. τὸ, liver. τὸ, horn. — Τὸ, 607. S. N. capa φῶς ἧπᾶρ κέρᾶς cornu οὖς G. σώμᾶτος φωτός ἥπᾶτος κέρᾶτος, κέρἄος, κέρως ὠτός D. σώματι φωτί ἥπατι κέρᾶτι, κέραϊ, κέρᾳ. ὠτί P.N. σώματα φῶτα ἥπατα κέρᾶτα, κέραα, κέρᾶ ὦτα G. σωμάτω (φώτων ἡπάτων κερᾶτων κεράων, κερῶν ὦτων D. σώμασι φωσί ἥπασι κέρᾶσι ὠσί D.N. σώματε φῶτε ἥπατε κέρᾶτε, κέραε, κέρᾶ Ore G. σωμάτον (φώτοιν ἡπάτοιν κερᾶτοιν, κεράοιν, κερῷν ὄὦτοιν 817. f. Dec. III. 202s: Gender 177. Mutes: yé(as)p, λύγ(κε)ξ,

lyn(es)x, ἐλπί(δεο)ς, 151 ; γϑίπν)πα, κλεῖ(δν)ν, 160 6, 204 ἃ ; (θ)τριχός 159 Ὁ ; ὀδ(οντο)ούς den(ts)s, ὀδ(οντσιγοῦσι, γίγ(αντε)ᾷς gig(ants)ds, λέ(οντε)γων le(ons)o, δάμα(ρτΞ)ρ, 153, 156, 205 ; π(οδεο)ούς pe(ds)s 214 ; ἄν(ακτ)α, παῖ,

§ 19. LIQUIDS. PURE. 23

-(a. Not syncopated.) 18. B. LIQUID. (Ὁ. Syncopated.) ὁ, beast. nose. ἡ, hand. 6, man. ὁ, ἡ, dog. 6,7, lamb. S. N. Onp féra pis xelp ἀνήρ Vir κύων (dvds) 6. θηρός ῥινός χειρὸς ἀνέρος, ἀνδρός κὕνός ἀρνός D. θηρί ῥινί χειρί ἀνέρι, ἀνδρί κυνί ἀρνί A. θῆρα ῥῖνα σχεῖρα ἀνέρα, ἄνδδα κύνα ἄρνα V. pw ἄνερ κύον P.N. Onpes ῥῖνες χεῖρες ἀνέρες, ἄνδρες κύνες ἄρνες G. θηρῶν ῥι᾿νῶν χειρῶν ἀνέρων, avipav κυνῶν ἀρνῶν D. θηρσί ῥισί χερσί ἀνδράσι κυσξ ἀρνάσι A. θῆρας ῥῖνας χεῖρας ἀνέρας, ἄνδρας κύνας ἄρνας P.N. ϑῆρε ᾿ ῥῖνε χεῖρε ἀνέρε, ἄνδε κύνε ἄρνε G. θηρον = pwoiv χεροῦν ἀνέροιν, ἀνδροῖν κυνοῖν ἀρνοῖν

6, orator. 6,harbor. 46, deity. ὁ, pean. 6, father.

Lat. orator portus deemon pean pater

8. N. ῥήτωρ Atuny δαίμων παιᾶν warnp G. ῥήτορος λιμένος δαίμονος παιᾶνος πατέρος, πατρός D. ῥήτορι λιμένι δαίμονι παιᾶνι πατέρι, πατρί A. ῥήτορα λιμένα δαίμονα παιᾶνα πατέρα V. ῥῆτορ δαῖμον πάτερ

P.D. ῥήτορσι λιμέσι δαίμοσι παιᾶσι πατράσι

19. Cc. PURE. —a. Mascunmne anp Feminine.

6, weevil. ὁ, ἡ, sheep. ὃ, hero. ὁ, ἡ, 0%. 6, fish. ἡ, echo. S.N. kis οἷς Gvis ἥρως hérds Bots bos ἰχθύς ἤχώ echo G. kids olds ἥρωος βοός bovis ἰχθύος ἠχ(όοε)οῦς Des καρ OE ἡρωὶ [ἥρῳ] βοΐ bovi ἐχθῦϊ ἠχ(όϊ )οῖ A. κίν οἷν ἥρωα, ἥρω βοῦν ἰχθύν ἠχίόα )ώ Vv. Bod ἐχθύ nxot P.N. Kies οἷες [οἷς] ἥρωες βόες ἰχθῦες [ἰχθὺς] G. κῶν οἰῶν ἡρώων βοῶν boum ἰχθύων D. kisi οἰσί ἥρωσι. βουσί ἰχθύσι A. κίας las, ois ἥρωας, ἥρως βόας, βοῦς ἰχθύας, ἰχθῦς D.N. κίε. οἷε ἥρωε, βόε ἰχθύε [ἰχθ0] , . kioty οἰοῖν ἡρώοιν βοοῖν ix Ovouw

204b; c&u(ar)a, φ(ωτ)ῶς, ἥπ(ατ)αρ, 160. Contraction 207: κλεῖς 122, "Om (ders)os 118 d, 121 b, κερᾳ 119, κέρα, κέρως, (ofas) οὖς, ὠτός, 120 ἃ, Ὁ, c. Accent: γυπός 778 a, φώτων 778 b. — Ο. E. ὁ γρύψ, -ὕπός, gryps, -yphis, GRIFFIN, Ἄραψ, -aBos, ARAB, ἡ φάλαγξ, -ayyos, phalanx, -angis, 47s, θητός, hired man, ἡ λαμπάς, -άδος, torch, LAMP, ἡ χάρις, -cros, grace, ἡ νύξ, -κτός, NOX, -ctis, NIGHT, ὁ δράκων, -ovros, draco, DRAGON, ὁ ἱμάς, -dvros, thong ; τὸ ποίημα, -aros, poéma, -atis, POEM, τὸ fuap, -aros, day, τὸ Tépas, -atos, prodigy,7Td ὕδωρ, ὕδατος, water.

§ 18. 6. Liquids 208 s: OA(ps)p, λιμ(ενε)ήν, pl(vs)s, 153, 156, 208 ; λιμέσι, Onpol, 154, 157 ; χερσί 2241; ἄνερ 208f; κυ[ο]νός canis, πατί εἸ]ρί

THIRD DECLENSION. — PURES. $19.

24 b. MAscuLnine AND FEMININE (continued). S. N. ἡ πόλϊς city ὁ πῆχῦς cubit ππεύς knight ἧ ναῦς ship 6. πόλως.. πήχεως ἱππέως 3 νεώς D. πόλεϊ, πόλει πήχεϊ, πήχει ἱππέϊ, ἱππεῖ νηΐ A. πόλιν πῆχυν ἱππέᾶ ναῦν V. πόλι πῆχυ ἱππεῦ (γραῦ) P.N. πόλεες, πόλεις πήχεες, πήχεις ἱππέες, ἱππεῖς, -ῆς νῆες α. πόλεων πή χεων [πηχῶν] ἱππέων νεῶν Ὁ. πόλεσι πήχεσι ἱππεῦσι ναυσί Α. πόλεας, πόλεις πήχεας, πήχεις ἱππέᾶς, ἱππεῖς ναῦς D.N. πόλεε, πόλη πήχεε ἱππέε [»ῆε]. α. πολέοιν πηχέοιν ἱππέοιν νεοῖν S. Ν. Σωκρἄτης Socrates Ἡρακλέης, Ἡρακλῆς Hercules G. Σωκράτεος, Σωκράτους Ἡρακλέεος, Ἡρακλέους 1). Σωκράτεϊ, Σωκράτει Ἡρακλεῖ, Ἡρακλέξει, Ἡρακλεῖ A. Σωκράτεα, Σωκράτη, τὴν Ἡρακλέεα, Ἡρακλέᾷ, Ἡρακλῆ V. Σώκρατες Ἡράκλεες, Ἡράκλεις [Ἥρακλες] 6. NEUTER. A S. N. τὸ yépiis honor τὸ γένος race gens τὸ dori town G. γέρᾶος, γέρως γένεος, γένους generis ἄστεος, ἄστεως D. γέραὶ γέραι γένεϊ, γένει gener ἄστεϊ, ἄστει Ῥ.Ν. γέραα, γέρᾶ γένεα γένη genere ἄστεα, ἄστη α. γεράων, γρῶν γενέων γενῶν generum ἀστέων Ὦ. γεέρασι γένεσι generibus ἄστεσι D.N. γέραε, γέρα γένεε γένη ἄστεε .α.. γεράοιν, γερῷν γενέοιν, γενοῖν ἀστέοιν

patfe}ri, ἄρ[ε]να, 210 ; ἀνδρός 146 ; dp(evor)vaor 145 4a.—O. E. ὁ dap, -wpds, fu(rs)r, thief, ὁ, ἡ ᾿ἀήρ, τέρας, ἢ der, AIR, 77 μήτηρ, -τρύς, mater, -tris, MOTHER, a axris, τῖνος, TAY, ὁ ποιμήν, πένος, shepherd, ὁ μήν, μηνός, raensis, MONTH, ὁ αἰών, -ὥνος, evum, age, ὁ ads, ἁλός, sa(ls)l, SALT ; τὸ νέκταρ, -apos, nectar, τὸ (Feap) ἔαρ ἣ hp ver, in

§ 19. ἃ. Pures 212s: xis, ἰχθῦς, 217 ¢; ; κίν 216 b, i ταν (é6Fts ovis) dis οἷς 21, 140 Ὁ; [Bors, Boros bovis} βοῦς, Bods, 214, 217 a, b : tm (eFs)ebs, v(aFs)ats navis, πῆχυς, ἄστυ 213 a, 215 Ὁ, 216, 217 b; πόλις 213 b, 217 g; Σωκράτης 213 a, 217 6 ; γένος 215 Ὁ, 217d; ἠχ(ος)ώ 214b; V. ἠχοῖ, Bod, 21 ο, 217 Ὁ, ἃ ; βουσί, ναυσί, 216d; νηΐ 222 ἢ; Σωκράτην 216c. Con- traction 7, 118s: ἥρῳ, χόλει, γέραι, 119 ; Ὑδρὰ, ἄστη, γέρως, ἥρω, 120 «, b,c; "Hi pachéa 120f ; νεώς 120 i i, ΟΣ ἡ κα πόλεις, γένους, ἠχοῦς echus, οἷς, ἐχθῦ; πόλη, ἱππῆς, 121; A. οἷς, βοῦς, wanders: ναῦς, 122; πόλεως, ἱππέα, -ἂς, 220; πηχῶν 220 ; Ἡρῤακλῆν 219 ο. ---Ο. E. ὁ θώς, θωός, jackal, ὁ μῦς, pds, miis, mUris, MOUSE ; ἡ ἄρκυς, -vos, net, ἡ Ἰώ, Ἰοῦς, Io, Ius, ἡ τάξις, -ews, rank, ὁ πέλεκυς, -ews, ax, ὁ βασιλεύς king, ὁ Ἑϊμένης, -ους, ὁ Περι- κλ(έης)ῆς " τὸ κρέας caro, flesh, τὸ νέφος niibes, cloud, τὸ τεῖχος wall.

§ 20. 20.

DIALECTS.

1x. Dtanectic ForMs oF DECLENSION.

a. First DEcLENSION (197s).

ταμίης, βορέης. ναύτᾶς, ᾿Ατρείδᾶς. Old, &* ἱππότα, μητίετᾶ. Ion. ἡ * λύρη, οἰκίη. [ση. Ion. n* Ep. ἀληθείη, κνίοσ- ἡ, Dor. a: (ὦ δά, τιμᾶ, γᾶ. 6. ov, Old, ἄο : ᾿Ατρείδαο, Βορέᾶο.

S. N. ἄς, Ion. nS ns, Dor. as

a, a,

Ion. €w, @ "᾿Ατρείδεω, Bopéw.

Dor. ἃ " “Arpeida, Ἑρμᾶ. ds, lon. ys" λύρης, γενεῆς. ys, Dor. ds " τιμᾶς, μούσᾶς.

Ep. ηθείν - Αἰσύμηθεν.

D.q, lon. ἢ᾿ ταμίῃ, λύρῃ. Ἢ», Dor. a: ναύτᾳ, τᾷ ὠδᾷ. Ep. ηφιίν - ἦφι βίηφιν.

Ion. qv, ed (masc.) ; λύρ ηΡ,

A. ae [Δρισταγόρην, -εἃ. . Ἦν» ( Dor. ἂν - ναὐτᾶν, τιμᾶν. Vy. ἃ, Ion. ἡ ᾿ ταμίη, νεηνίη.

ui, Poet. ἢ Αἰήτη Ap. Rh.

ἢ, Dor. ἃ" ᾿Ατρείδᾷ, Μενάλκα. Old, ἅ νύυμφὰ, Δικὰ. P. 6. ὧν, Old, dev: ᾿Ατρειδάων. [wr.

Ton. ἔων " ᾿Ατρειδέων, λυρέ- Dor. ἂν᾽ ᾿Ατρειδᾶν, ᾿ θυρᾶν. D. ats, Old, αὐσι(ν " ταῖσι θύραισιν. Ton. you(v, ns’ θεῇσι, πέτρῃς. A. ἅς, [Ton. etis(mase.) ; deoméreds |. Dor. ἅς + Μοϊρᾶς, vindds. fiol. αἷς " ταὶς τιμαίς.

b. Srconp DECLENSION (201).

5. N. os, Laconic, op: παλεόρ, 169d. G. ov, Ep.& Thes. ovo + τοῖο λόγοιο. Dor. ὦ " τῶ λόγω. [lon. ew - Βάττεω, Κροίσεω.] Ep. οθείν - οὐράνοθεν. ω (fr. aov), Ep. wo: Πετεῶο. D.@, Old, οι - Ἰσθμοῖ, rot δάμοι. Ep. όφι(ν- αὐτόφι, ζυγόφιυν. Ep. οθι - οὐρανόθι, Ἰλιόθι.

S. D.@, Βαοῦ. ὕ αὐτῦ, τῦ δάμῦ. P.N.ov, Βοοῦ. δ καλύ, Ὅμηρῦ. [G. ev, Ιοη. dav: πυρέων, Σουσέων.] D. οις, Old, οὐσιί(ν - τοῖσι λόγοισιν. Beeot. ὕς + ἄλλῦς προξένῦς. A. ovs, Dor. ὡς, ος τὼς λόγως, τὼς λύκος, παρθένος. Bol. ous: ἀνδρεΐοις πέπλοις. Dual ov, Ep. oviy + ἵπποιϊν, ὦμοιϊν.

c. THrrD DECLENSION (221s).

S. G.aros, aos, Ion. εος " κέρεος, οὔδεος. eos, Ion. & Dor. evs: θέρευς.

éws, Ep. fos: βασιλῆος, ἱππῆος. Ion. & Dor. ἔος + βασιλέος. ews, Poet. εος,ος " πόλεος,-ηος.

Ion. & Dor. tos: πόλιος.

dos, Ion. & Dor. tos Κύπριος. Dor. υτος " Θέμιτος. οὖς, ΠΟΥ. ὅς Aol. ὥς - ἀχῶς, αἴδως. 1). εὖ Ep. ἢϊ βασιλῆϊ, Πηλῆϊ.

: Ton. € + βασιλέϊ, ἸΠηλέϊ. εἰ, lon. &Dor.t: πόλι, δυνάμι. ιδι, Ion. & Dor. t+ Θέτι, ἀπόλι. vi, Ep. w- νέκυι, ὀϊζυῖϊ,

A.v, Poet. a: εὐρέα, ixdva. . 6a, Ion. otv: ‘Iodv, Λητοῦν. Dor. ev: Ἥρων, Λατών. ἐᾶ, Ep. qa: βασιλῆα, ἱππῆᾶ. Ion. & Poet. ἐᾶ - βασιλέὰᾶ. . Dor. & Poet. ἢ - βασιλῆ. V.es, Mol. €* Σώκρατε.

GR. TAB. 2

P.N.ets, Old Att. ἧς βασιλῆς. Ep. fjes " βασιλῆες, ἱππῆες. Ton. & Dor.ées - βασιλέες. εἴς, Ton. & Dor. τες + πόλιες. aa, Poet. ἅ - yépa, κρέᾶ. Ion, εα “ yépea, τέρεα. G.ov, [1}οπιέων’ χηνέων, ἀνδρέων. [Dor. av: αἰγᾶν, κυνᾶν 2] éov, Ep. fev: βασιλήων. εων, lon. & Dor. lav: πολίων. D.ov(v, Old, εσι(ν " χείρεσι.

Poet. oouv: ἔπεσσι. εσσι(ν - πόδεσσιν. εσιίν, Ep. εσφι(ν - ὄχεσφιν. Ion. τισι(ν - πόλισι. εῦσιί(ν, Ep. ἤεσσιίν" ἀριστήεσσι.

Α.ἐᾶς, Ep. ἢᾶς - βασιλῆὰς. [ἄς. Ton. & Dor. é&s - βασιλέ- Comm. εἷς βασιλεῖς. εἰς, Ton. & Dor. τᾶς + πόλιας. Dualow, Ep. oviv.: ποδοῖὶν.

26 ΒΝ: α. D. A. Ms PN, Ss.

(9% pye4 <byoZ

.

NOUNS. § 21.

21. x. IRREGULAR AND DIALECTIC DECLENSION.

ὁ, Jupiter. Dor. ὁ, Gliis. ὁ, dipus. Poet. & Ion. Ζεύς, Lav Τλοῦς Οἰδίπους [Οἰδίπος]

Διός, Ζηνός Zavis Ψλοῦ Οἰδίποδος, Oidirovpoet.Oidirdddo,-d,-ew Ad, Ζηνί Zavi Γλοῦ Οἰδίποδι Οἰδιπόδᾳ, -ἢ Δία, Ζῆνα Lava ὙΤλοῦν Οἰδίποδα, Οἰδίπουν Οἰδιπόδᾶν, -ν Zed Trod Οὐἰδίπου Οἰδιπόδα, -7 [Ates, Ζῆνες} 6. Οἰδιπόδων, A. -as

Attic. 6,son. Homeric. Doric.%, ship. Ionic.

vids υἱός ναῦς [vas] νηῦς [νῆϊ-ς]

υἱοῦ, υἱέος υἱοῦ, υἷος, υἱέος. ναός νηός, νεός

υἱῷ, υἱεῖ υἱῷ, υἷι, υἱέϊ, vier vat νηΐ

υἱόν υἱόν, υἷα, viéd ναῦν [νᾶν] νῆα, νέα [vndv]

υἱέ υἱέ -

υἱοί, υἱεῖς υἷες, υἱέες, υἱεῖς νᾶες νῆες, νέες

υἱῶν, υἱέων υἱῶν, υἱέων ναῶν νηῶν, νεῶν

υἱοῖς, υἱέσι υἱοῖσι, υἱάσι, ναυσί,νάεσσι νηυσί, νήεσσι, νέεσσι, υἱούς, υἱεῖς υἷας, υἱέας vaas νῆας, νέας [ναῦφι

υἱώ, υἱέε | ee) vioty, υἱέοιν

Attic. τὸ, spear. Homeric. 7o,-cave. Homeric. 6,stone.

N. δόρυ Poet. δόρυ σπέος σπεῖος Adas G. δόρατος, δορός Sovpds (yolvaros) σπείους λᾶος D. δόρατι, δορί, δόρει δουρί δούρατι σπῆϊ rat A. λᾶαν N. δόρατα, δόρη δοῦρα δούρατα (κλέα) G. δοράτων δούρων σπείων λάων D. δόρασι δούρεσσι, δούρασι σπέσσι, σπήεσσι λάεσσι N. δόρατε δοῦρε Ade G. dopdrow Homeric PARADIGMS.

6, knight. ἡ, city. ὁ, ἡ, sheep. Ν. ἱππεύς πόλις ; dis G. ἱππῆος (Tvdéos) πόλιος, πτόλιος, πόλεος, πόληος dios, olds D. ἱππῆϊ (Πηλέϊ,-εἴ) πόλι, πτόλεϊ, worer? πόληϊ A. ἱππῆα (Τυδέὰ,-ἢ) πόλιν, πτόλιν (πόληα Hes.) ὄν V. ἱππεῦ (μάντι Α. 106) N. ἱππῆες, ἱππεῖς ὃ πόλιες, πόληες ὄϊες G. ἱππήων πολίων : ὀΐων, οἱῶν 1). ἱππεῦσι (ἀριστή- πολίεσσι (ἐπάλξεσιν) ~ ῥΐεσσι,οἴεσι, A. ἱππῆας [eoor) πόλιας, πόλις or πόλεις, πόληας ὄϊς [ὄεσσι

6, Ulysses. 6, Patroclus. 6, Mars. N. Ὀδυσσεύς, Od ceds IIdrpoxdos(-fsTheoe.) “Apns G. Ὀδυσσῆος,-έος, Ὀδυσῆος, Οδυσεῦς Πατρόκλου, -o10, -ἣος ἴΑρηος, -εος D. (ἀχιλλεῖ) Ὀδυσῆϊ Πατρόκλῳ "Αρηΐ, -εἴ,-εἰ Α. Ὀδυσσῆα, ᾿Οδυσῆα Ὀδυσῇ Πάτροκλον, -ἢα "Apna, -nv V. Ὀδυσσεῦ, ᾿Οδυσεῦ Πάτροκλε, -εες or -εἰς “Apes EH. 31.

§ 22.

A

- fs) aZ rood τἰρ ΟΦ

QR

9 "Ὁ QZ road dPpyaZ

A

59 rd PAPUA προ ΩΣ

ADJECTIVES. 47

22. xi. ADJECTIVES OF

Two TERMINATIONS.

a. OF THE SECOND DECLENSION.

ὁ, ἡ (unjust) τὸ ὁ, ἡ (unfading) τὸ adixos ἄδικον ἀγήρᾶος ἀγήρως ἀγήραον, ἀγήρων ἀδίκου ἀγηράου, ἀγήρω ἀδίκῳ ἀγηράῳ, ἀγήρῳ ἄδικον ἀγήραον, ἀγήρων, ἀγήρω ἄδικε ἄδικοι ἄδικα ἀγήραοι, ἀγήρῳ ἀγήραα, ἀγήρω ἀδίκων ἀγηράων, ἀγήρων ἀδίκοις ἀγηράοις, ἀγήρῳς ἀδίκους ἀγηράονο, ἀγήρως ἀδίκω ἀγηράω, ἀγήρω ἀδίκοιν ἀγηράοιν, ἀγήρῷν b. Or THE THIRD DECLENSION. ὁ, ἡ (male) τὸ ὁ, ἡ (pleasing) τὸ ὁ, ἡ (two-footed) τὸ ἄῤῥην ἄῤῥεν εὔχἄρις εὔχαρι δίπους δίπουν ἄῤῥενος εὐχάρϊτος δίποδος ἄῤῥενι εὐχάριτι δίποδι ἄῤῥενα εὐχάριτα, εὔχαριν δίποδα, δίπουν ἄῤῥεν εὔχαρι δίπου ἄῤῥενες dppeva εὐχάριτες εὐχάριτα δίποδες δίποδα ἀῤῥένων εὐχαρίτων διπόδων ἄῤῥεσι εὐχάρισι δίποσι ἄῤῥενας. εὐχάριτας δίποδας aippeve εὐχάριτε δίποδε ἀῤῥένοιν εὐχαρίτοιν διπόδοιν

0, ἡ, (evident) τὸ

σαφής σαφές σαφέος, σαφοῦς σαφεῖ, σαφεῖ

σαφέα, σαφῆ

σαφές

σαφέες σαφεῖς σαφέα, σαφῆ σαφέων, σαφῶν σαφέσι

σαφέας, σαφεῖς σαφέε, σαφῆ σαφέοιν, σαφοῖν

ὁ, ἡ (greater) τὸ cH major μεῖζον majus μείζονος majoris μείζονι majori μείζονα, μείζω μεῖζον μείζονες, μείζους μείζονα, μείζω μειζόνων μείζοσι μείζονας, μείζους μείζονε μειζόνοιν

ες 8 22. 6. Aps. or Two TERM. 231: &pp(evs) qv, welf(ovs)wv, 208a, 157 ; εὔχαρι(το)ς 204 ; Sim (08s)ous bipes, δίπουν. 2148, 251 ο, 204, 202 a, δίπου οἷδε: σαφής, σαφές, 918 c, 215a, 217 d,e, σαφοῦς, σαφεῖ, 219 a, 119, 1218; μείζω 211. --- Ο. E. ἥσυχος quiet, ἔνδοξος glorious, ἄν(οοΞ)γους, - “(oov)ouv, senseless, td(aos)ews propitious, εὔγεως Sertile ; evdaiu(ovs)ov fortunate, εὔελπι(δεοὺ)ὴς hopeful, ἀληθής, -és, true, ὑγιής, -és (120f), healthy, μείων minor, less, πολύπους many-footed, polypus, polyp. -

ἀγήρως 200, ἀγήρω 199. 3, 1206;

28 DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. . δ 28,

23. xu. ApbJECTIVES oF THREE TERMINATIONS.

a. OF THE SECOND AND First DECLENSIONS.

ὁ (moérus) ἡ (foolish) τὸ M. (ἀγαθός) F. (good) N. S.N. μῶρος papa μῶρον bonus bona bonum G. popov papas boni bone D. pape μώρᾳ ἀτο ὍΟΠῸ bone, Ab. -a A. p@pov μώρᾶν bonum bonam V. μῶρε bone P.N. papor papa papa boni bone bona G. papery μώρων bondrum bonarum D. μώροις μώραις bonis bonis A. μώρους popas bonos bonas D.N. pope popa G. μώροινν popaw ὁ (sapiens) ἡ (wise) τὸ ὁ (simplex) ἡ (simple) τὸ 8S. N. σοφός σοφή σοφόν ἁπλί(όος Jods ἁπλί(όη ))ῆ ἁπλί(ὀον)οῦν G. σοφοῦ σοφῆς ἁπλ(όου )od ἁπλί(όης )ῆς D. σοφῷ σοφῇ ἁπλίόῳ ἢῷ ἁπλί(όῃ )ῇ A. σοφόν σοφήν ἁπλί(όον )οῦν ἁπλ(όην )ῆν V. cope ὃ P.N. σοφοί σοφαί σοφά ἁπλί(όοι jot ἁπλ΄ αι jai ἁπλί(όδ )a 6. σοφῶν σοφῶν ἁπλί(όων γῶν ἁπλ(όων)ῶν D. σοφοῖς σοφαῖς ἁπλ(όοις ois ἁπλί(όαις)αῖς Α. σοφούς σοφᾶς ἁπλ(όους)οῦς ἁπλ(όᾶς )ᾶς D.N. σοφώ σοφᾶ ἁπλ(όω )o ἁπλί(όᾶ )a G. σοφοῖν σοφαῖν ἁπλί(όοιν)οῖν ἁπλ(όαιν)αῖν ο΄ ὁ (aureus, golden) ἡ τὸ S.N. χρύσεος, χρῦσοῦς χρυσέθ, χρυσῆ χρύσεον, χρυσοῦν G. χρυσέου, χρυσῦ χρυσέᾶς, χρυσῆς D. -χρυσέῳ,ρ,ρ χρυσῷ χρυσέᾳ, χρυσῇ A. χρύσεον, χρυσοῦν χρυσέᾶν, χρυσῆν P.N. χρύσεοι, χρυσῖ § xpvoeat, χρυσαῖ χρύσεδ, χρυσᾶ 6. χρυσέων, χρυσῶν χρυσέων, χρυσῶν D. χρυσέοις χρυσοῖς χρυσέαις, χρυσαῖς A. χρυσέους, χρυσοῦς χρυσέας, χρυσᾶς D.N. χρυσέω, χρυσώ χρυσέᾶ, χρυσᾶ G. χρυσέοιν, χρυσοῖν χρυσέαιν, χρυσαῖν

8 23. c. Dec. I. and II. 232: μώρων 777 Ὁ ; ἁπλοῦς, χρυσοῦς, 200, 120s, 772 ο, 777 b. —O. E. φίλιος friendly, δίκαιος just, μακρός long, ἐχθρός hostile, ἀθρόος dense, καλός beautiful. μέσος medius, MIDDLE, διπλ(όος)οῦς duplex, DOUBLE, ἀργύρεος dpyt pods argenteus, of silver.

ἃ. Dec. III. and 1. 233: μέλας 208 ; πᾶς, χαρίεις 205 ; ἡδύς 213 ὁ, 217 b; μέλαινα, ἡδεῖα, 2388 ἃ ; πᾶσα, χαρίεσσα, 233 Ὁ, 155, 156; μέλασι,

§ 24. OF THREE TERMINATIONS. 29 b. Or THE THIRD AND First DECLENSIONS. ὁ (niger) ἡ (black) τὸ ὁ (omnis) ἡ (all) τὸ 8. N. μέλᾶς ᾿ μέλαινα pe day πᾶς πᾶσα πᾶν G. μέλᾶνος μελαίνης παντός πάσης D. μέλανι μελαίνῃ παντί πάσῃ A μέλανα μέλαιναν πάντα πᾶσαν P.N. μέλανες μέλαιναι μέλανα πάντες πᾶσαι πάντα α. μελάνων μελαινῶν πάντων πασῶν D. μέλασι μελαίναις πᾶσι πάσαις A. μέλανας μελαίνας πάντας πάσᾶς D.N. μέλανε μελαίνᾶ πάντε πάσᾶᾷ G. μελάνοιν μελαίναιν πάντοιν πάσαιν ὁ (gratidsus) ἡ (agreeable) τὸ ὁ (suavis) ἡ (sweet) τὸ Ξ. Ν. χαρίεις χαρίεσσα χαρίεν ἡδύς ἡδεῖα ἡδύ G. χαρίεντος χαριέσσης ἡδέος ἡδείας D. χαρίεντι χαριέσσῃ ἡδέϊ, ἡδεῖ ἡδείᾳ A. χαρίεντα χαρίεσσαν ἡδύν ἡδεῖαν Υ. χαρίεν ἡδύ P.N. χαρίεντες χαρίεσσαι χαρίεντα ἡδέες, ἡδεῖς ἡδεῖαι ἡδέα G. χαριέντων χαριεσσῶν ἡδέων ἡδειῶν 2). χαρίεσι χαριέσσαις ἡδέσι ἡδείαις A. χαρίεντας χαριέσσᾶς ἡδέας, ἡδεῖς ἡδείας D.N. ‘xapievre χαριέσσᾶ ἡδέε ἡδείᾷ G. χαριέντοιν χαριέσσαιν ἡδέοιν ἡδείαιν 24. OF THE THREE DECLENSIONS. 0 (magnus) ἡ (great) τὸ ὁ co ἡ (much) τὸ SN. μέγᾶς μεγάλη μέγα πολύς πολλή πολύ 6. μεγάλου μεγάλης πολλοῦ πολλῆς D. μεγάλῳ μεγάλῃ πολλῷΆ πολλῇ. Α. μέγαν μεγάλην πολύν πολλήν Me meyers multi, many P.N. peyddor μεγάλαι μεγάλα πολλοέ πολλαί πολλά G. μεγάλων μεγάλων πολλῶν πολλῶν 1). μεγάλοις μεγάλαις πολλοῖς πολλαῖς A. μεγάλους μεγάλᾶς. πολλούς πολλάς . Ν. μεγάλω μεγάλᾷ α. μεγάλοιν μεγάλαιν χαρίεσι, πᾶσι, 1548; πᾶν, πάντων, πᾶσι, 729. 2, 778 Ὁ : ἡδεῖ 219. —

Ο. E. rdX(avs)Gs wretched (M. Voc. τάλᾶἄν), rép(evs)nv tener,

TENDER,

σύμπας (σύν, was), -doa, -av, all together, Tiujers honored, πτερόεις winged (207 c), ἑκ(οντεο)ών willing, βραχύς brevis, short, γλυκύς dulcis, sweet (168), εὐρύς wide, ὀξύς sharp, βραδύς tardus, slow, ταχύς swift.

30 ADJECTIVES. —- NUMERALS. § 24.

S. - ὁ (mitis) ἡ (mild) τὸ Ρ, οἱ es Ὁ τὰ

N. πρᾶος mpacia πρᾶον πρᾶοι, πραεῖς πραεῖαι πραέα G. πράου πραείᾶς πραέων πραειῶν

Ὦ. πράῳ πραείᾳ πράοις, πραέσι πραείαις πραέσι A. πρᾶον πραεῖαν πράους, πραεῖς - πραείᾶς

25. x. DECLENSION oF NUMERALS.

M. (ἀπ) F. (one): N. M. (nullus) F. (no one) N. M., none. 8. N. εἷς μίά ἕν οὐδείς οὐδεμία οὐδέν P. οὐδένες G. ἑνός μιᾶς οὐδενός οὐδεμιᾶς οὐδένων D. ἑνέ μιᾷ οὐδενί οὐδεμιᾷ οὐδέσι A. ἕνα μίᾶἂν οὐδένα οὐδεμίαν. οὐδένας M. F.N., both. » M.F.N., two. Μ. F.

D.N. A. ἄμφω ambo, -88, -0 δύο, δύω duo du in, G. D. ἀμφοῖν amborum, &e. δυοῖν, late G, δυεῖν P. late D. δυσί

M.F.(three)N. M.F. Ν. MF. (quatuor, four) N. PLN. τρεῖς τρία tres tria τέσσᾶρες, τέτταρες τέσσαρα, τέτταρα α. τριῶν trium τεσσάρων, τεττάρων D. τρισί tribus τέσσαρσι, τέτταρσι A. τρεῖς tres τέσσαρας; τέτταρας

8 24. ἃ. See 236; πολύς 218 ο, 217 Ὁ ; πραεῖα 233 a, πραεῖς 121.

5. Homeric Forms of πολύς.

ὁ. ἡ τὸ

5. N. πολύς, πουλύς πολλός πολλή πολύ, πουλύ, πολλόν G. πολέος πολλῆς ᾿ D. (πολεῖ ? Asch.) πολλῷ πολλῇ Α. πολύν, πουλύν πολλόν πολλήν, πουλύν

P. Ν. πολέες, πολεῖς πολλοί πολλαί (πολέα Esch.) πολλά G. πολέων πολλῶν πολλάων, πολλέων D. πολέσι, -έσσι, -ἐεσσι πολλοῖσι πολλῇσι A. πολέας [πολεῖς ) πολλούς πολλάς

§ 25. a. NUMERALS 240: (évs) εἷς 208d, μία 194 ο, οὐδενός 978 Ὁ ; τρεῖς 218 ; τέτταρες 169 ἃ, τέσσαρσι 157 ; (οὐδὲ εἷς) οὐδείς, μηδείς, no one, 128 a, late M. and N. (οὔτε εἷς, μήτε εἷς) οὐθείς, οὐθέν, μηθείς, μηθέν, 161 Ὁ.

b. Dialectic Forms : 1: Mase. N. Ep. ἕεις 135, Hes. Th. 145, Dor. js 131d, Inse. Heracl. ; Fem. Ion. μέη, -ἧς, οὐδεμίη, 197 a, Hipp., Ep. (fr. old tos) id, tis, in, idv, A. 487, Il. 178, A. 174, & 485; also Neut. ἰῷ Z. 422; Pl. Ion. οὐδαμοί, μηδαμοί, -al, -d, none, -ὧν, -οἵσι, -αἷσι, -ovs, -ds (v. 1. οὐδαμέας 135 a, Hdt. 4. 114), Hdt. 1. 18, 143, &. 2: Ep. Du. dow I’. 236, Pl. δοιοί, -ai, -d, -oto1, -ots, -ovs, -ds, M. 455, 464, A. 7, 6. 129, 526; Ion. Pl. δυῶν Hdt. 1. 94, δυοῖσι Ib. 82. 3: Dor. N. A. τρῖς Insc., Poet. D. τριοῖσι Hippon. Fr. 8. 4: Ion. τέσσερες Hdt. 2. 80, 81, Dor. réropes or τέττορες, Theoc. 14. 16, Tim. 96 Ὁ, Mol. and Ep. πίσυρες ε. 70 ; Poet. or late D. τέτρασι Hes. Fr. 47. 5. :

PARTICIPLES. 3.1

26. xiv. Active PARTICIPLES. a. Present. b. 2 Aorist, -» Form.

ὁ (solvens) ἡ (loosing) τὸ ~—s (clearing) ὁ (having put) ἡ τὸ S.N. λύων. λύουσα λῦον luens θείς θεῖσα θέν G. λύοντος λυούσης luentis θέντος θείσης D. Avovre λυούσῃ luenti Oevrt θείση A. λύοντα ᾿ λύουσαν luentem θέντα θεῖσαν P.N. λύοντες λύουσαι λύοντα luentes,-ia θέντες θεῖσαι θέντα G. λυόντων λυουσῶν luentium θέντων θεισῶν D. λύουσι. λυούσαις luentibus θεῖσι θείσαις A. λύοντας λυούσᾶς luentes θέντας θείσᾶς D.N. λύοντε λυούσᾶ θέντε θείσα G. λυόντοιν λυούσαιν θέντοιν θείσαιν e. Present Contracted. d. Liquid Future. ὁ (vivens) ἡ (living) τὸ ὁ (dictiirus) ἡ (about to say) τὸ S.N. (dwr)dv F(dov)dsa §(dov)av ἐρῶν ἐροῦσα ἐροῦν G. ὑἑ(ζάογῶντος ζ(αού)γώσης ἐροῦντος ἐρούσης D. ἑζ(άογῶντι ζ(αούγώσῃ ἐροῦντι ἐρούσῃ A. ἑζάογῶντα ἕἑζάου)γῶσαν ἐροῦντα ἐροῦσαν P.N. ἕζάογῶντες ἑ(άουγῶσαι ἕ(ἀογῶντα ἐροῦντες ἐροῦσαι ἐροῦντα α. ζ(αὀγώντων ξ(αουγωσῶν ἐρούντων ἐρουσῶν Ὁ. ἕἑ(άογῶσι ζ(αούγώσαις ἐροῦσι ἐρούσαις A. §(do)avras ζ(αούγώσᾶς ἐροῦντας ἐρούσᾶς D.N. ἑ(άογῶντε ἑἕζαού) σᾶ ἐροῦντε ἐρούσα G. ¢(ad)dvrow ζ(αού)γώσαιν ἐρούντοιν ἐρούσαιν 8, 1 Aorist. f. 2 Aorist. ὁ (having loosed) ἡ τὸ 6 (having left) ἡ τὸ S.N. λύσας λύσᾶσα λῦσᾶν λίπών λιποῦσα λιπόν . . λύσαντος λυσάσης λιπόντος λιπούσης P.N. λύσαντες λύσᾶσαι λύσαντα λιπόντες λιποῦσαι λιπόντα D. λύσᾶσι λυσᾶσαις λιποῦσι λιπούσαις δ. 2 Aorist, -μι Form. ὁ (having given) ἡ τὸ ὁ (having entered) ἡ τὸ S. N. δούς δοῦσα δόν δύς δῦσα dup G. ddvros δούσης δύντος δύσης P.N. ὃόντες δοῦσαι δόντα δύντες δῦσαι δύντα D. δοῦσι δούσαις ᾿ δῦσι δύσαις h. Perfect. i. Perfect Contracted. ὁ (sciens) ἡ (knowing) τὸ ὁ (stans) ἡ (standing) τὸ S.N. εἰδώς εἰδυῖα εἰδός ἑστώς ἑστῶσα Ἑἕἑστώς, ἕστός G. εἰδότος εἰδυίᾶς ἑστῶτος ἑστώσης P.N. εἰδότες εἰδυῖαι εἰδότα ἑστῶτες ἑστῶσαι ἑστῶτα D. εἰδόσι εἰδυίαις ἑστῶσι ἑστώσαις § 26. 1. PARTICIPLES 294. 1: Ad(ovTs)wv, λύσ(αντε)ας, θείς, dvs, 205 ;

δούς 205 a ; εἰδ(οτε)ώς 2148. ; λύουσα, λύσασα, 2595 Ὁ ; εἰδυῖα, ἑστῶσα, dente; 2858 0, α ; ((dwv)av, ζῶσα, ξῶντος; ἑστ(αώςκ)ώς, ἑστ(αὀ)ῶτος, 120 ; ἐρ(έων)ῶν, ἐρ(ἐουγοῦσα, ἐρ(ἐον)οῦν, 152, 121. —O. E. λύσων, λυθείς, λελύκώς, 37.

‘PRONOUNS. § 27.

2.2. Ἰχὸς

The forms marked with the sign; are enclitic when used without emphasis. The shorter forms, μοῦ, μοί, μέ, are only so used. The initials affixed to dialectic forms denote,

SUBSTANTIVE PRONOUNS.

Z&. Holic, B. Boeotic, Ὁ. Doric, E. Epic, I. Ionic, 0. Old, P. Poetic. The plural nos and vos are placed beside the dual for comparison. a. PERSONAL. 1 Pers., I. 2 Pers., thou. 3 Pers., of him, her, tt. S. Nom. ἐγώ ὅσο σὔ τὰ * * Gen. ἐμοῦ, μοῦ] mei govj; = tu 00} sul Dat. ἐμοί, μοί] mihi σοί _—itibi olf sibi Acc. ἐμέ, pe; mé σέϊ te éj sé P. Nom. ἡμεῖς we μεῖς you σφεῖς they Gen. ἡμῶν μῶν σφῶν Dat. ἡμῖν ~ “ppiy σφισίν — Acc. ἡμᾶς “μᾶς σφᾶς [neut. σφέα] D.N. A. vo nos σφώ vos [A. σφωέ] G. D. νῷν nostrum σφῷν vestrum [opair] e. PERSONAL Pronouns: ANALYSIS, 243, 246. Stem. Conn.| Flexible 1: 2. 8. | Vow.} Ending. Uncontracted and Contract Forms. S. N. p- σ- ‘- G. μιν ἐμ- σ- “- |-e |-0 ἐμ(έογοῦ σ(έο)ου (ξογοὗ Ὁ. μ-» ἐμ- σ- - [- ἃ ἐμ(εϊ)οῖ eens (ἐϊ)οῖ A. μ-γἐμ- σ- “= |-- | * ἐμέ σ' ἕ P.N.tp- ὑμ- od-j-e- [-es nu(ées)ets ὑμ(έες)εῖς od(ees)ets 6. ἡμ- . ὑμ- σφ- -ε- | -ov ἡμ(ἐωνγῶν ὑμ(έωνγῶν σφ(ἐων)ῶν Ὁ. ἡμ- ὑμ-σῷῴ-] -€-(1) -ἰν, -ol(v | ἡμ(εωγῖν du(ew)iv σφίσι A. ἡμ- ὑμ- σφ-}-ε-. |-ἂς [.-ἃ]} ἡμ(ἐας)ᾶς ὑμ(έας)ᾶς op(éas)as[-€a} D.N. v- σφ- oh-|-w- | -€ v(Be)o oh(Ge)d σῴφωέ G. v- σφ- oh-|-o- | -iv ν(ῶι νῷν σφ(ῶιν)ῷν σφωΐν

f. Forms 1n Homer AnD Heropotus. Those following the sign |j are not m Herodotus, and those in brackets are not in Homer. The sign ~ denotes synizesis in Homer. ,

5. N. ἐγώ || éyav ov τύνη G. ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μεῦ ἐμεῖο, |céoj σεῦ! |[ἰσεῖο, σέθεν, | εὖ] [{ξο] εἶο, ἕθεν - ἐμέθεν τεεῖο Féoj Ἐεῦ] Βεῖο, Ἐέθεν] D. ἐμοί, μοί] σοί, τοί! ||Tew ofj ||¢ot- or Ῥοῖ] Ῥεοῖ

A. ἐμέ, μέϊ

P.N. [nudes] ἡ ἡμεῖς ἄμμες

α. ἡμέων || ἡμείων

1). ἡμῖν ἥμῖν, ἥμιν, Ser cli A. nuéds, -éas || fud’s,du

σεὶ

[dudes} ὑμεῖς {{ὕμμες ὑμέων || ὑμείων

ὑμῖν || ὕμιν» ὕμμι(ν, ὕμμ᾽ |o ὑμέᾶδς, -éas || ὕμμε

ej μάν}! ἑέ - or Fé] Feé [σφεῖς] σφέων] ᾿σφείων, σφῶν

σφισίν σφί( σφ᾽ opéas [-ἐας] σφέ] ᾿σφεῖ-

D.N. {νῶϊ |lopai, σφώ ας, σφᾶς] [n. σφέαῃ G. νῶϊν ᾿σφῶϊν D. νῶν

Αὐ!νῶϊς, vd

᾿᾿σφῶϊν, σφῷν

ἸΙσφῶϊ, σφώ

᾿σφωΐν] ᾿σφωέ; σφω

§ 27. SUBSTANTIVE, 33

b. REFLEXIVE. .

1 Pers. M. (of myself) F. 2 Pers. M. (of thyself) τ.

ΤΟΣ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐμαυτῆς σεαυτοῦ, σαυτοῦ σεαυτῆς, σαυτῆς Ὁ. ἐμαυτῷ ἐμαυτῇ σεαυτῷ, σαυτῷ σεαυτῇ, σαυτῇ A. ἐμαυτόν ἐμαυτήν σεαυτόν, σαυτόν σεαυτήν, σαυτὴν

P.G. ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν D. ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἡμῖν αὐταῖς ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς ᾿ ὑμῖν αὐταῖς A. ἡμᾶς αὐτούς ἡμᾶς αὐτᾶς ὑμᾶς αὐτούς ὑμᾶς αὐτᾶς 3 Pers. M., of himself. τι, of herself. Ἔ N., of tself.

S. 6. ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ ἑαυτῆς, αὑτῆς D. ἑαυτῷ, αὑτῷ ἑαυτῇ, αὑτῇ A. ἑαυτόν, αὑτόν ἑαυτήν, αὑτήν ἑαυτό, αὑτό

P.G. ἑαυτῶν, αὑτῶν ἑαυτῶν, αὑτῶν D. ἑαυτοῖς, αὑτοῖς ἑαυταῖς, αὑταῖς A. ᾿ἑαυτούς, αὑτούς ἑαυτάς, αὑτᾶς ἑαυτά, avra or P. G. σφῶν αὐτῶν, 1). σφίσιν αὐτοῖς -ais, A. σφᾶς αὐτούς -ds

96. RECIPROCAL. M. (of one another) F. N. M. N. F.

P. G. ἀλλήλων ἀλλήλων D. A. ἀλλήλω ἀλλήλᾷ D. ἀλλήλοις ἀλλήλαις 6. ἀλλήλοιν ἀλλήλαιν A. ἀλλήλους ἀλληλᾶς ἀἄλληλᾶ :

d. INDEFINITE. M. F..N., such ὦ one. M.

S. N.. 6, ty τὸ δεῖνα P.. οἱ δεῖνες G. τοῦ, τῆς δεῖνος τῶν δείνων D. τῷ, τῇ δεῖνι ᾿ *

A. τὸν, τὴν, τὸ δεῖνα τοὺς δεῖνας g. ADDITIONAL Forms, 5. Ν, ἐών, ἰώ 8. Tv ν., τού ti, B. G. ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, ἐμοῦς, με- τέο, τεῦ! τέος] τεῦς] Feder] m., ἑοῦς Ὁ. Β.» θέν! Ὁ. τεοῦς, τεοῦ Ὁ. ἑεῖο E. Ὁ. ἐμίν D., ἐμύ 8. τίν D. B. For] &., ἵν ori Ὁ., ὃ 8. Α. τέ te, τύ] τίν Ῥ. Fé] &., Viv} Ὁ. P. PE. apes D. [Δ. ὑμές τ. Go ἁμέων, -OV D., ἀμμέων ὑμμέων RB. 1). ἡμίν P., Guly D., ἄμμε- ὑμίν, Siw Ὁ. P. ply} ψίν! D., ἄσφι i. A. ‘apé Ὁ. [σι(ν m. ὑμέ, ὕμμε D. ψέϊ D., ἄσφε AR. D.N. νῶε 8.

h. REFLEXIVE 244, 248:

ΟΥ -W, -ἄς, τῳ, -ᾳ, τον, -ἄν, -o, Pl.

New Ion. 1 Pers. ἐμεωυτοῦ, -ἣς, -@, -ἢ, τόν, -jv* 2 Pers. σεωυτοῦ, -ἧς, -@, ἢ-» -6v, -ἦν " 3 Pers. ἑωυτοῦ, -ἧς, -@, -ἢ, -όν, -ἦν, -ό, Pl. -ῶὥν, -έων, -οἷσι, -ἥσι, -οὖς, -ds, -ά " Hdt.

Dor. 3 Pers. αὐταύτου

των, -ἄν, τοις, -als, τους OF -WS, -ἄς, -a.

Jol. Ἑαυτῶ for αὑτοῦ, Alc. 88 [74]. See 181 6, 180 ο, 197 ¢, 246 ἃ.

i. RECIPROCAL 244: Pind. P. 4. 397, δα.

GR. TAB. pig

Dor. ἀλλάκων 1804, Theoc. 14. 46, ἀλλάλοισι Ep. I Dual ΠΥ» ΠΊΩΝ K. 65.

Cc

34 PRONOUNS. § 28. 28. xvi. ApJEcTIVE PRONOUNS.

I. DEFINITE.

a. Article. b. Relative. c. Iterative. M. (the) ΕΒ. Ν. M. (qui) 3 F. (ont) N. M. (ipse) F. (very, same) N. ε 5. Ν. ὁ ἢ 0. τὸ ὅς ἥ αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό G. τοῦ τῆς οὗ ἧς αὐτοῦ αὐτῆς nw - : ~ ΄“ D. τῷ τῇ ᾧ ἧ αὐτῷ αὐτῇ ,ὔ A. τόν τήν ὅν ἣν αὐτόν αὐτήν P.N. of aire οἵ εὖ "ἃ αὐτοί αὐταί αὐτᾶ G. τῶν τῶν ὧν ὧν αὐτῶν αὐτῶν D. τοῖς ταῖς οἷς αἷς αὐτοῖς αὐταῖς 7 .«“ 9 2 A. τούς τᾶς ous as αὐτούς αὐτᾶς D.N. τώ Ta & "a αὐτώ αὐτά G. τοῖν ταῖν ov aw αὐτον αὐταῖν . Demonstrative. M. (this) F N. M. (hic) τ. (this) N. S.N. ὅδε hic ἥδε hee τόδε hoc οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο G. τοῦδε τῆσδε τούτου ταύτης . D. τῷδε τῇδε τούτῳ.- ταύτῃ A. τόνδε τήνδε τοῦτον ταύτην P.N. οἵδε hi aide he τἄδε hec οὗτοι αὗται ταῦτἅ ΄“ ~~ d ’ , G. τῶνδε τῶνδε τούτων τούτων -" ΄ , , D. τοῖσδε ταῖσδε τούτοις ταύταις ν" φ , -- A. τούσδε τᾶἄσδε τούτους ταὐτᾶς D.N. τώδε τἄδε τούτω ravTa ΄“΄ al , , G. rode ταῖνδε τούτοιν πταύταιν 6. Possessive. S. 1 P. ἐμός meus, my 2 Ρ. σός tuus, thy 3 P. ὅς suus, his, her, ts ΄, id Md P. ἡμέτερος = our ὑμέτερος your σφέτερος their § 28. i. ADJECTIVE Pronouns 234. 4, 249s. Those of Dec. 2 and 1

have in general the dialectic forms belonging to those declensions (20, 201, 197s, 131 ἃ): as, Ep. τοῖο, αὐτοῖο, τοῖϊν " Old τάων, αὐτάων, τοῖσι, ταῖσι, τοισίδε, αὐτοῖσι " Ion. τῇσι, τῇς, τῃσίδε, ἧσι, αὐτῇσι " Dor. τῶ, αὐτῶ, τώς, ‘ad, ἅ, ἅτις, τᾶς, αὐτᾶς, τᾷδε, ταύταν, τᾶν, αὐτᾶν " Mol. τοίς, ταίς. - j. Article 250: 6, τό, 199; τώ, τοῖν, 2846. Dialectic Forms: Old Nom. Pl. τοί A. 447, Hdt. 8. 68. 1, Theoc. 1. 80, isch. Pers. 424, ταί Dr’. 5, .Pind.0.. 13; 25, Ar. Eq. 1329. k. Relative 250: 6199. 0. F.: Ep. Gen. δου a. 70, ἕης Π. 208, § 135. 1. Iterative 251: αὐτό 199. So decline ἄλλος alius, other, and ἐκεῖνος 1116, that (κεῖνος P. 1., B. 87, Hdt. 8. 74, κῆνος m., Sap. 2. 1, τῆνος D., Theoc. 1. 4). D.F.: M. αὐτέου, -ἐῳ, ἡ“ -ἔων, -έοισι, “ἔους, F. én, -ἔης, -ἔῃ, -ἔην, -έων, -έῃσι, -έας, New Ion.

§ 28, ADJECTIVE. 35

II. INDEFINITE.

f. Simple Indefinite. g. Interrogative. h. Relative Indefinite.

Lat. aliquis, ullus quis ? quicumque, quisquis M.F.(any,some)N. M.F.(who?)N. Μ. (whoever) F. N. ΟΝ. tis τὶ τίς τί dais ἥτις ὅτι

G. τῖνός, τοῦ τίνος, τοῦ οὗτινος, ὅτορ ἧστινος Ὁ. τινί, τῷ τίνι, τῷ ᾧτινι, ὅτῳ ἥτινι A. τινά τίνα ὅντινα ἥντινα PLN. τινέξ τινά, «τίνες τίνα οἵτινες. αἵτινες ἅτινα, G. τινῶν [ἅττα τίνων ὧντινων, ὅτων ὧντινων [ἅττα D. τισί τίσι οἵστισι, ὅτοις αἷστισι A. τινάς τίνας οὕστινας ἅστινας D.N. τινέ τίνε ὥτινε ἅτινε G. τινοῖν τίνοιν οἵντινοιν αἷντινοιν

τη. Demonstrative 252: οὗτος, αὕτη, 252b. Decline τοιόσδε, -ἄδε, -dvde, and τοιοῦτος, -avrn, -οῦτον or -οὔῦτο (199 8), talis, such, τοσόσδε (232 a) and τοσοῦτος tantus, so much, τηλικόσδε and τηλικοῦτος so old, τυννοῦτος tantillus, so small. D. F.: for τῶνδε, τοῖσδε, by a kind of double declen- sion, Poet. τῶνδεων Ale. 127 Bk., Ep. τοῖσδεσι φ. 93, τοϊσδεσσι(ν K. 462, B. 47 ; τουτέῳ, τουτέων, 255 Ὁ ; τοῦτοι, ταῦται, 255 a.

Paragogic Declension (252 ο) :

S.N. 6d¢ Hot τοδί οὑτοσί abril τουτί G. τουδί τησδί τουτοῦί ταυτησί D. τῳδί Tot TOUT wk ταυτῇϊί Α. τονδί τηνδί τουτονί ταυτηνί

P.N. οἱδί αἱδί ταδί οὑτοίί avrail ταυτί G. τωνδί, ὅχο. τουτωνί, &c.

n. Possessive 252. D. F.: 1 Pers. Pl. ‘duds or duds ο., Z. 414, Alsch. Ch. 428, ‘auérepos p., Theoc. 2. 31, ἄμμος, ἀμμέτερος m., Alc. 103, 104; Du. vwirepos E., O. 39: 2 Pers. S. reds D. E., y. 122, Asch. Pr. 162; Pl. ‘duds 0., a. 375, ὕμμος m. ; Du. σφωΐτερος E., A. 216: 3 Pers. S. ds p.1., I’. 333, Hdt. 1. 205, Soph. Aj. 442, ἐός E. D., a. 409, Theoe. 17. 50, Fés m.; Pl. ods ο., A. 534.

0. Indefinite 2538: Tis 208d, ὅ τι or ὅ,τι 255; τοῖσι; Brow, 258.

Forms of τὶς, ris, and ὅτις = ὅστις, in Homer and Herodotus, marked as in 27f: -

5. Ν. τὶς τὶ τίς τί ᾿Ιὅτις ὅτι [|ὅ ττι - 6. τέο, τεῦ τεῦ {τέο ὅτευ [[ὅττεο, ὅττευ Ὦ. τέῳ τῷ [τέῳ] ὅτεῳ A. τινά τίνα ||br eva PLN. rweés τινά τίνες τίνα Πδὅτινα α. [réwv] τέων brew 1). [τέοισι] Sica ὁτέοισι [f. -ἐῃσι] A. Twas ldooa [τίνας] lor was ἅσσα

p- For Correlative Pronouns, see 53.

36

COMPARISON AND CONJUGATION.

§ 29.

29. 3B. ANALYSIS OF COMPARISON.

1. Old Greek and Latin πο Δα: 2. Common Greek Form. 8. Second

Greek Form. 4. Common Latin Form.

5. Common English Form.

BASE. CONNECT- DEGREE-SIGN. EXAMPLES IVE. Comp. Sup. Comp. Sup. 1. Root or a T véaTos Pos. Stem. (u)i m minimus 2. Pos. Stem. ο τερ τατ μακρότερος μακρότατος ω νεώτερος νεώτατος αι φιλαίτερος φιλαίτατος €s ve pid oad ἀκρατέστατος is Aadicrepos λαλίστατος of μελάντερος μελάντατος 3. Root. (I)e ov στ ἡδίων ἥδιστος 4. Pos. Stem. i or -ssim | longéor longissimus 5. Positive. e ἐν st longer longest C. TABLES OF CONJUGATION. 30. 1. Distincrions Cuassiriep (265 5). ἶ a. VOICES. SUBJECTIVE. OBJECTIVE. 1 act Fam acted upon by myself by another (Simple Performance of . | (Both Performance and Recep- | (Simple Recep- the act) : tion) : tion of the act): ACTIVE. MIDDLE, Reflexive PASSIVE. Intransitive : Transitive : directly : indirectly : 3 ἔδραμον, ἔπαυσα, ἐπαυσάμην, εἱλόμην, ἔπαύθην, | -cucurri, I stopped |I stopped my- 1 took for my-| I was stopped 1 ran. another. | self, 1 ceased. self, I chose. by another.

b. TENSES.

Ἄ I. Prmary. IL. SeconpaRY. Time. 1. Present. 2. Future. 8. Past. Relations. 1. Def- PRESENT. IMPERFECT. inite. γράφω scribo, μὴ ἔγραφον scribébam, Lam writing. 1 shall be writing. 1 was writing. 2. Indef- FUTURE. AORIST. inite. gee γράψω scribam, ἔγραψα scripsi, 1 write. 7 shall write. IT wrote. 3. Com- PERFECT. FUTURE PERFECT. PLUPERFECT. plete. γέγραφα scripsi, πεπαύσομαι desiero, ἐγεγράφειν scripseram, T have written. TI shall have ceased. 1 had written.

§ 32. DISTINCTIONS AND ELEMENTS. ~ 37

6. MODES. I. DISTINCT. A, INTELLECTIVE. 1, Decided, or Actual. 2. Undecided, or Contingent. a, Present Contingence. B. Past Contingence, INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. OPTATIVE. γράφω scribo, γράφω scribam, γράφοιμι scriberem, Lam writing. I may write. 1 might write.

B. VoLirive.

IMPERATIVE. <a ae hie» Rss Ps ὦ

γράφε scribe, O98 Write. /*&*

“ᾧ ty II, INCORPORATED.

A. Substantive, B. Adjective, \ L MY, "ar GY

‘INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE.

γράφειν scribere γράφων scribens To write. Writing. ἢ OF Carsgorais-_

31. wu. FoRMATION OF THE TENSES.

PREFIXES, TENSES, AFFIXES. : Active. Middle, Passive, PRESENT, @, μι ομαι, μαι Augm. IMPERFECT, ov, v όμην, μὴν FUTURE, oo σομαι θήσομαι τς 2 Fururs, ήσομαι Augm. AorISsT, σα σάμην ν Augm. 2 AORIST, ον, ν | όμην, μην av : Redupl. ῬΕΒΕΈΟΥ, κα μαι Redupl. 2 PERFEcT, a Augm. Redupl. PLUPERFECT, κειν μην Augm. Redupl. 2 PLUPERFECT, εἰν ἷ Redupl. Future ῬΡΕΡΈΟΤ, [σὼ] LR σόμαυ

32. τ΄. ANALYSIS OF THE VERB.

I. PREFIXES (277s).

The AuGMENT, prefixed to Secondary Tenses in the Indicative. The REDUPLICATION, prefixed to Complete Tenses in all the Modes,

II. THE STEM (344s), including,

PREFORMATIVES, additions prefixed to the Root. . The Root, the primitive element of the Verb. LETTERS INSERTED or CHANGED in the Root. AFFORMATIVES, additions affixed to the Root.

III. AFFIXES (285s), including, g. TENSE-SIGNS. e(c), Future and Aorist, Active and | θης, Future Passive.

oP

rho 249

Middle ; Future Perfect. ys, 2 Future Passive. x, Perfect and Plupertect Active. *, Present and Imperfect; Perfect θε(θη), Aorist Passive. and Pluperfect Passive ; 2 Per-

ε(η), 2 Aorist Passive. fect and Pluperfect Active.

38

CONJUGATION. —— ANALYSIS.

§ 32.

ἢ, Connectinec VOWELS (290s).

Indicative.

0,€, (w, εἰ), Pres., Impf., Fut., Fut. Perf. ae), Aor. Act. and Mid.; Perf. Act. ev(e), Pluperfect Active. *, Aorist, Perfect, and Pluperfect

Passive ; -pt Form. ων, n(n); Subjunctive.

Optative.

t, General Sign ; -μι Form Middle.

un, Aorist Passive ; -μᾶ Form Active. οι(οιη), Pres., Fut., Perf., Fut. Perf. αι(ειά,, eve), Aorist Act. and Mid.

Imperative, Infinitive, Participle.

e(o), Zmv. ) Present, Future, Future e(et), Inf. Perfect ; Perfect Ac- ὃ, Par. tive.

a(o), Aorist Active and Middle. *, Perf. and Aor. Pass. ; -pt Form.

i. FLEXIBLE Enprncs (295s). A. SUBJECTIVE.

Sing. 1 2 3 PET Ὁ 8 Du.2 3 Ρ Ρ Ρ pn pn np po pon Pri. -p(ut,*) -s(c 0a) ar(ci,*) | -μεν -τε -ντ(νοΐ, dot) ~TOV ~TOV Sec. -μίν, ut, *) -Ξ(σθα) ~1(*) -μεν -τε -ντίν,εν, σὰν) τον -τὴν Lat. -m(*) -s(sti) -t ~mius -tis -nt(runt, re) Pp pm pn npmn pm on pn pmn Imv. «θ(θϊ, ς,ε,ν, ἢ -τω “TE -ντων,-τωσᾶν | -TOV -των L. -*(to) . - «ἐξ -nto ΤΣ rd Inf. “Vy -VOL, -b Part. -vt-s (r-s) 1. -ré(se) ni-s _ -tir-tis B. OBJECTIVE. Sing. 1 2 3 ῬΙ.Ὶ 2 8 Du2 8 ΡΥ pv py pvyn pvyn np v pyn pvn Pri. -pat -σαι(αι) -ται | -μεθᾶ -σθε = -vrar(drar) -σθον -σθον Sec. -μὴν -σο(ο)ὺ -ττο | -μεὰ -σθε -vro(aro) -σθον -σθην Lat. -(mr)r -ris(re) -ttir | -mir -mini -ntir pv pym pyn pymn pyvm ἢ pyvn pymn Imv. -σο(ο) -σθω -σσθε -σθων, -σθωσᾶν | -σθον -σϑων 1. ~ -r&(tor) -tor mint -ntor ' 1 Pee ae ae d a Inf. -o bar Part.-pev-os Ὑγε1}.-τ-ός -τέ-ος 1. «γἱᾷ, ier, rier) -t-tis(sus) -nd-ts

j. Add to the list, ν pPARAGoGIC in the 3d Person, after € or simple t (163) ; LETTERS INSERTED between the stem and affix (as o, ἡ, € 307, $11) ; and also, in compound verbs, a preceding PREPOSITION (390).

33. Norrs. a. In 32i, the ELEMENTS of the Flexible Endings are mostly marked, according to their force, with small letters placed above : μη o, 8, τ, with p, as signs of person (246, 271), ο, 6. 2); v, ε, a, with n, as signs of nwmber (271 Ὁ, ο, 6) ; at, 0, 6, 8, nv, ev, with v, as signs of voice (271 6, 272 ἃ, Ὁ) ; w, with m, as a sign of mode (272 6) ; v and t, with r, as signs of relation (272, 12) ; + and τέ, with ἃ, as suffixes of derivation (272 b) ; while letters unmarked are, for the most part, simply euphonice.

b. The TRANSLATION in 34, applies, except in the Imperative, to the Ist Person singular, and must be varied for the other persons and num- bers. It is read across thus: Pres. Ind. Act. 7 am stopping another, Mid. I am stopping myself, &c.; while the different forms of the Pres. and Impf. may be also rendered, J stop, I stopped, ἕο. Some words are printed in Roman letters as explanatory or, in some combinations, inadmissible.

§ 35.

SUBJECTIVE AFFIXES.

AND CoMPARED WiTH THE LATIN.

d. AORIST ACTIVE.

Primary.

9

τ΄ 0. PF. σ-ἅ 5-ἴ σ-α-ς 5-1-5} σ-ε 5-1-ὖῦ σ-ἅςμεν s-i-mus σ-α-τε 5-1-5015 σ-α-ν 5-δ-ταηῦ o-a-TOV

σ-ά-την

— ΒΞ

ἕῳ TR

Secondary.

Sub. 8S. 1 o-@ s-éri-m | o-y-S s-eri-s o-y 5-οὐ-ὖ- σ-ω-μεν σ-η-τε σ-ω-σι

o-1-TOV

σ-αι-μυ S-isse-m T-At-S, σ-εια-ς σ-αι-μεν, σ-αι-τε σ-αι-εν, σ-αι-τον

σ-αί-την

σ-εια-ν

(σ-α-θ)σον σ-ἄἅ-τω. σ-α-τε σ-ά-τωσαν,

σ-ά-ντων σ-α-τον σ-ά-των

wh wre wh WNH Whr

wb

O-a-t S-iS-se

(c-a-vT-s) σᾶς (c-a-vo-a)o dou ᾿ς (σ-α-ντ)σᾶν σ-α-ντ-ος

6. PERF., 2 PERFECT.

τ. 0. F.

κ-α vi-i

κ-ατς V‘-i-sti

K‘~€ v‘-i-t .

K‘-d-pev V‘-i-mus

κί-α-τε v‘-i-stis

(κ-α-ντ)κ' σι ν΄-8-

K‘-a-rov = [runt τι ¢. Fr. [éra-m κί-εὐ-ν, κ-ἡ ν΄- κί-εἰ-ς v‘-era-s κεἰ ν΄-οτα-ᾧ κί-εὐ-μεν κί-ει-τε ἴσαν κί-ευ-σαν, K‘-€- κί-εἰ-τον

κ'-εἰ-την

PLUPERF., 2 PLUPERFECT.

κω —-v‘-éri-m κ'-ῃ-9 ν΄ -611-5 κῃ -VS-eri-t

κί-ου-μι ν΄ -1556-τὰ κί-οἱ-ς ν΄-1556-5 κοι _—-v‘-isse-t κί-οι-μεν κί-οι-τε κί-οι-εν κί-οι-τον

κι-οί-την κί-ε κ-έ-τω K‘=€-TE

vp Ké-roacay,

τς K&6-vrev

K‘-€-TOV

κ-έ-των κ΄-έ-ναι v‘-is-se (x‘-0-7-s) KOS (x‘-o-0-a)K‘ute (κ’-ο-τὴκός κ’-ό-τ-ος

σ-ἄσ-ης

K‘-ul-ds

41

f, Aorist Pass., 2 Aorist Pass,

τ᾿ F. (θε-μ)θην On θέη-μεν θέη-τε θη-σαν θη-τον aie ales (θέέ-ὠ-μ)θῷ (θ.ἐ-η-Ξ)θῇ (θ“ἐ-η-τ)θῃ θῶ-μεν θέῆ-τε θώ-σι ᾿θἢ-τον

(θ'ε-ιη-μ)θ'είην | (θε-ιη-ο)θεείης ὁ

(θ'ε-ιη-τ)θείη

θεείη-μεν, O%et-pev

θείη-τε, ” Oci-re

θείη-σαν, θεῖ-εν

θείη-τον, θεῖ-τον

θειή-την, θεί-την

T. 5.

(θε-θγθητι

θή-τω

θέη-τε

θή-τωσαν, θέ-ντων

θέη-τον

θή-των

θῆ-ναι

(0%e-vr-s) Oels

(θ'ε-νσ-α)θεῖσα

(θεε-ντ)θέν

θέ-ντ-ος

θείσ-ης

42 CONJUGATION. τ 86, 36. vi. Opsnctive Arrixrs ANALYZED a. NUDE. b. EvPHONIC. Pres., Perf. (2 Aor.) Impf., Plup. Present (2 Aorist.) | Imperfect. Ε. σ. F. Ind. 5. 1 μαι ο-μαι ΟἹ 2 σαι(αι) (ε-αὐ)ῇνει €-ris, -re : 3 ται e-Trav i-tur p> PP. 1 μεθα όὄ-μεθα i-mur 5 2 σθε ε-σθε = =i-mini ἣν 3 νται ο-νταᾶι u-ntur D. 2 σθον ἐ-σθον : F. 0. F. Ind. 8. 1 μην ό-μην éba-r 2 σοί(ο) (ε-ο)ου ἰς 3 το €-TO eek θα ό-μεθα Ἔ 2 a ec ε-σθε 9 3 ντο 0-yTO nm D.2 σθον ἐ-σθον 3 σθην έ-σθην Sub. S. 1 ὡ-μαᾶν a-r 2 (n-at)q a-ris,-re 8 H-Tav δ- Pp Pl ώ-μεθα a-mur a 2 n-o8e a-mini ἜΝ 3 ὠ-νται a-ntur oD, ἃ ἡ-σθον C.F. σ. F. Opt. S. 1 (-pnv οί-μην ére-r 2 ι-ο οι-ο — eré-ris, -re fe 3 l-TO οι-το οἵδθ- iy Ped (-μεθα οί-μεθα ere-mur Ἔ 2 ι-σθε οι-σθε ere-mini 9 3 t-vTO οὐ-ντο ere-ntur oe Des ι-σθον οι-σϑον ϑ (-σθην οί-σθην Imy. 8. 2 σοί(ο) (€-0)ov é-re 3 σθω έ-σθω i-tor P. 2 oe ε-σθε i-mini 3 σθωσαν, έ-σθωσαν, u-ntor -: σθων έ-σθων Ξ Ξ D. 2 σθον e-c ov ae 3 σθων ἔ-σθων $ of Ε. τὸ τ Infin. σθαι ἐ-σθαι (é-ri)i Ex Part. N. μεν-ος, μέν-ος ό-μεν-ος aed -" ο-μέν-η Ἔ og μενον, μένεον é-jev-ov eet σα. μέν-ου ο-μέν-ου Ps μέν-ης ο-μέν-ης SOE

43

§ 36.

OBJECTIVE AFFIXES,

AND CoMPARED WITH THE LATIN.

puosss 90} UL Poq{TULO 58 ‘SUSIS-aSUd} 9} 10 g PUL % S10} JOT OY,

, 9 82 Som (Stor) 7. “ME fe TOS “4 46% 49 (9) “TOS “JUL ‘ P00E ‘Amg-0 ‘amaa 991 “008 ‘an.0 (22) ‘40 (440) “opm (1900M ie 1a0%) n.ono (7000 ‘1040 ‘1a0) Ἴ4 8. £B1GS 2 (99 ‘43) 675 “ “0 (4) “Ge £q 065 3.1 9 265 “10.0 ‘mo (ovD ‘onn.) ‘no (09 ‘0.02) ‘0 0.0 “9 10 Uh (102 0.29} “ww mo Ὁ 601 whe (19l09 “929) “Ὁ L6z “Ὁ γδῦ Α0. (002) Ὃ 16% 091 2 (99). (ὁ "19 (9) Ἥ 800 SOD “8 166 “P G16 599) (59) "SG 9091 “8 880 Alig (7199) ‘0 166 ‘arom “Un (035) “ὃ Ὃ 6) Ὁ “ΤῸ ὦ (το “η0) ‘ggg ‘a “τ (Π) “BUIS T “8808 S 79 ‘SG SOXYFY 10 Sjuouleyy ῬῈΒ ΒΘΒΒΌΤΟ — Ὃ 695 095 “4 Ὑ Ἵ 28 05]8 ΡΒ ‘q ‘Vege ‘a ἢ Ὁ 696 UI 4τιοτ πο 3 θα 1Ὁ OY} 10g ἜΟΙΒ «1010 JUSNbay 521 WOLF “ΙΘΙΠ ΘΙ 9.1 UL a UTYeT oY} pure { xIYe 91} Jo 4591 oY} τοι! , yeu oy} Aq poyeredas 918 “(68) 598102

‘S{UOULO]9 9591} OFUL UOISTAIP oy} Yeu sueydAy 901 pues

{SONIGND WIAIXGTA puv ‘STAMOA ONILOANNOO ‘SNDIS-ASNUL ojouep a pur ‘0 “1, 5] ΤΠ Ὶ [[vUIS 911 ‘gg ΡΒ cg ὃ Π 9

> a S Ba ! Por y > ee Ὁ e824 2s > S of anf EG δ τ ~ i aes Seev2 se «-- ὁ δὼ Ρ 3 saa ae ἃ ϑός τ Fo Tei ts Φ ἔτεῖε HE soOSwouo ᾧ 3350585 δ b τὸ ὁπό O00 DN \ eos, ies ἃ “ὦ Π eee ae 8.9 FH ΦΡΡΡΡΡ se PE Pe Ee ΒΟ Pee ee 6 HOSS OOD ὦ SoS OOS OG > bos te μ " Σ᾿ = a > 4 at a 3 = 2 a2 2 9FO 9 & 2 & - »=feSws 5 & SCeess 33 ¥3h 338 3 iid 3 Ξ τῇ SSEEEES Tol PEESE SETTLES τ θεῖς ᾿ ἐς ἐέξεφκεν 88 988 98 ἐ ὅδ ὁ ᾧ GEG αὶ Ὁ bb b&b bbbEbL bEKEbbEKEbE 50 80 bb b bEEEDS i 2 ᾿ ὃ ad <p “ 3 a δ Ses 85 Ἔ - > > wo 9 2 ; aie Sie | ' 4 ae gosRe88 fF of > 3 aS > Exige Fk S Ee setts ἐ ἐεεθε SRE eres: SRP VES FF γ oS ΟΥ̓ ΞΕ eb S bbb bbb bb δ bbb bb Ee INO HNO ΟἹ AD WFNS FNC MANO HNO NO ὺ 5 Bee = pe 6 ry a. og πὸ ξολδο δι Sa, ἐν 2, & + ° a *£reurll gf ‘£iepuodoeg “θα Oo ‘Arepuoog as

44

ACTIVE. a. PRESENT. b. IMPERFECT. Iam loosing. I was loosing. solvo solvébam Ind; 5, 1 Ξλύω liio 2 Aves = luzs Ν 3 2λύει luit Ρ P. 1 λύομεν lutmus Ξ 2 λύετε luitis ἐξ : 8 Ζλύουσι“ luwnt D. 2 Ξλύετον Ιη4.. 5.1 Ξἔλσον lué- ' 2 ἔλυες [bam Bs ἐξ evel Cay ieee | ἐλύομεν r= 2 é\vere 8 3 22\vov 2 Ἢ, 4 ἐλύετον 8 ἐλυέτην Sub. 5. 1 Ζλύω luam 2 λύῃξ = luas ; 8 ὅλύῃ ~~ luat Ε P. 1 λύωμεν ludmus Be 2 λύητε luatis = 8 λύωσι luant D. 2 λύητον Opt. S. 1 λύοιμι lugrem 2 λύοις = lueres = 3 Avo —lueret τρῶς aes | λύοιμεν luerémus Ξ 2 λύοιτε lueretis 3 3 λύοιεν luerent > D2 λύοιτον 3 Avolrny Imy. 8. 2. λῦε lue 8. λυέτω luito P. 2 2\vere luite

CONJUGATION.

§ 37.

37. vit. GENERAL PARADIGM OF (Stem Av- ; Pass. to be loosed ; Mid. - A. DEFINITE TENSEs. 1. Present, or Definite System: Base λῦ-

3 λυέτωσαν, = 2\vévrev luunto

. 2 *dberov

3 λυέτων λύειν luge _ Mev,-ovea,-ov! luens

᾿ λύοντος,-ούσης luentis —

PASSIVE AND MIDDLE.

c. PRESENT. d. IMPERFECT. Iam loosed, ὅθ. Iwas loosed, &e. solvor, &c. solvébar, &c. .

Avopar — luor

Shin, *Aver luzris,-re

λύεται luitur

λυόμεθα ludmaur

2) Jeo Oe luiminé

λύονται luuntur

2\ ver ov ἐλυσόμην lué- é\vov_ [bar ἐλύετο ἐλυόμεθα ἐλύεσθε ἐλύοντο

. ἐλύεσθον

ἐλυέσθην

λύωμαν luar aig ludris,-re λύηταν luatur λυώμεθα luamwr λύησϑε luamini λύωνται luantur

λύησθον λυοίμην luérer

λύοιο Ἰπογδγ18,-76 λύοιτο = lueretur

λυοίμεθα lueremur λύοισθε lucremint λύοιντο lucrentur

λύοισθον

λυοίσϑην

_ luére luitor

luimint

λύου λυέσθω

2) Heo Ge Avés Saray, 2\véo Pav luwntor

2)\ veo Pov. 2)\véor bwv

λύεσθαι luz λυόμενος, -ἢ» τον λυομένου, -ἡς

7” LSS RS ΓΚ Pe EEO) τ.

§ 37. GENERAL PARADIGM. 45 CONJUGATION : Ava, solvo, to loose. to loose for one’s self, redimo, to ransom.) B. SrmpLEe INDEFINITE TENSES. 2, 3. Future and Aorist Systems: Base λῦσ-. ACTIVE. MIDDLE. 6. FuTuRE. f. AORIST. g. FurTure. h. Aorist. I shall loose. I loosed. I shall ransom. I ransomed. solvam solvi redimam redémi Ind. λύσω luam λύσομαι luar ———— -2 λύσεις lues 3\voy,*vore lugris,-7e af qVE R ΚῪ ἐ 8 λύσει ΤἸπυοΐ λύσεται = luetur , 4) ? P. 1 λύσομεν luémus λυσόμεθα luemur // 2 λύσετε luetis λύσεσθε = Luemrtnd; L ¥/ > 3 2Ξλύσουσι“ luent λύσονται luentur\ 4440} a? tA vA 4 D. 2 λύσετον I played. λύσεσθον ἃ Ind. ick 1092 aiodp ΓΤ Califopai®- 2 ἔλυσας lusisti ἐλύσω - ᾿ : : 8 €rvoe® ΤἸι51ὲ ἐλύσατο ὌΝ ἐλύσᾶμεν lustmus ἐλυσάμεθα 2 ἐλύσατε lusistis ἐλύσασθε 3 ἔλυσαν lusérunt, ἐλύσαντο D. 2 ἐλύσατον [-re ἐλύσασθον ϑ ἐλυσάτην ΐ ἐλυσάσθην Sub. 2ticw lusérim λύσωμαν 2 λύσῃς 7[1.50718 voy 3 voy _luserit λύσηται ἘΣ λύσωμεν λυσώμεθα 2 λύσητε λύσησθε 3 λύσωσι“ λύσωνταν D. 2 λύσητον λύσησθον Opt. λύσοιμι λύσαιμι lusissem | λυσοίμην λυσαίμην 2 λύσοις λύσαις, λύσειας | λύσοιο λύσαιο 3 λύσοι ϑλύσαι, λύσειες | λύσοιτο λύσαιυτο P. 1 λύσοιμεν λύσαιμεν λυσοίμεθα λυσαίμεθα 2 λύσοιτε λύσαιτε λύσοισθε λύσαισθε 3 λύσοιεν λύσαιεν, λύσειαν | λύσοιντο λύσαιντο D. 2 λύσοιτον λύσαιτον λύσοισθον λύσαισθον 3 λυσοίτην λυσαίτην λυσοίσϑην λυσαίσθην Imv. 2\borov ϑλῦσαι 3 λυσάτω λυσάσθω P. 2 λύσατε λύσασθε 3 λυσάτωσαν, λυσάσθωσαν, 2 λυσάντων Avr dcbov D. 2 λύσατον λύσασϑον 8 λυσάτων Ξλυσάσθων Inf. λύσειν [50γ! ὅλῦσαι! lusisse | λύσεσθαι λύσασθαι Par. λύσων,-ουσα, λύσᾶς,-ἄσα,-ἅν! λυσόμενος, γον λυσάμενος,- γον 6. λύσοντος, οὐσης λύσαντος, -dons | λυσομένου, -ηΞ λυσαμένου, -ς

46 § 37.

CONJUGATION. — GENERAL PARADIGM.

C. CoMPLETE TENSES.

4, Perfect System: Base \edvx-.

5. Perfect Passive System :

ACTIVE. PASSIVE AND i. PERFECT. j. PLUPERFECT. 1, PERFECT. m. PLUPERFECT. I have loosed. I had loosed. Thave been V'd, §c. I had been I'd, δε. solvi solyéram solitussum,&c. _ solitus ram, &c. Ind. 8. 1 ATK pepulz AAT par 2 λέλυκας pepuliste λέλυσαι - 8 λέλυκε pepulit λέλυται Fo PL 1 λελύκᾶμεν λελύμεθα Η 2 λελύκᾶἄτε Ζλέλυσθε ἐς 8 λελύκᾶσι“ λέλυνται D. 2 λελύκἄτον λέλυσθον Ind. 5.1 ἐλελύκειν ρορυ]ὅ- ἐλελύμην 2 ἐλελύκεις [ram ἐλέλυσο 3 ϑ ἐλελύκει ἐλέλυτο ΞΡ ha ἐλελύκειμεν ἐλελύμεθα ὍΞ 2 ἐλελύκειτε [κεσὰν ἐλέλυσθε 8 3 ἐλελύκεισαν, ἐλελύ- ἐλέλυντο an ὦ ἐλελύκειτον ἐλέλυσθον 3 ἐλελυκείτην ἐλελύσθϑην Sub. S. 1 λελύκω ρορυ]δγΐην λελυμένος ὦ 2 λελύκῃς pepuleris λελυμένος ἧς . 3 λελύκῃ pepulerit λελυμένος re P.1 λελύκωμεν λελυμένοι ὦμεν 5 2 λελύκητε λελυμένοι μὲ A 3 λελύκωσις λελυμένοι ὦσι" gts λελύκητον λελυμένω ἦτον Opt. S. 1 λελύκοιμι pepulissem λελυμένος εἴην 2 λελύκοις pepulisses λελυμένος εἴης : 3 λελύκοι pepulisset λελυμένος εἴη E iggy | λελύκοιμεν λελυμένοι εἴημεν Ἔ 2 λελύκοιτε λελυμένοι εἴητε Θ 3 λελύκοιεν λελυμένοι εἴησαν na D.2 λελύκοιτον λελυμένω εἴητον 3 λελυκοίτην λελυμένω εἰήτην Τηγ. S. 2 Ξλέλυκε λέλυσο 8 λελυκέτω λελύσθω P. 2 λελύκετε Ζλέλυσϑε 3 λελυκέτωσαν, λελύσθωσαν, ᾿ λελυκόντων Ζλελύσθων D. 2 λελύκετον λέλυσϑον 3 λελυκέτων ϑλελύσθων Infin. λελυκέναιν!] pepulisse λελύσθαι! Part. N. λελυκώς! -via! -ds! λελυμένος [ -n,- ov! G. λελυκότος! -vlas λελυμένου, -ἡς Ind. k. Future Perfect λελυκὼς ἔσομαι solvéro, J shall have loosed.

oe ~]

ὃ 37. COMPLETE AND COMPOUND TENSES. —

D. CompounpD INDEFINITE TENSES.

Bases λελὕ- and λελῦσ-. 6. Compound System: Bases AvGe- and λὕθησ-. MIDDLE. } PASSIVE. Ξ $ Ξ 3 n. Furure PERFECT. o. AoRIST. p. Furure. ἮΝ Se ἐς I shall have been loosed, §c. | I was loosed. I shall be loosed. ξ ΒΕ ΟΝ solitus €ro,red@méro | solitus sum solvar mC "πὶ ᾿ δ Ind. λελύσομαι λύθήσομαι Be 2S εὖ 2 λελύσῃ;, λελύσει λυθήσῃ, λυθήσει | S's Ξ po 3 Aeddoreran λυθήσεται Ξ oF φ P. 1 λελυσόμεθα λυθησόμεθα 6 Ὅν: ὍΣ 2 λελύσεσθε λυθήσεσθε ΠΕ 8. ΛΠ) 8 λελύσονται λυθήσονται Sa ES Ὁ. 2 λελύσεσθον λυθήσεσθον cad 2

-Ξ Ind. ἐλύθην απ ἃ 2 ἐλύθης ΞΕΦο 8 ἐλύθη a2 25 P.1 ἐλύθη ee . υ ΓΝ 2 vente. E E ae 3 ἐλύθησαν eae D. 2 ἐλύθητον 5: ga = 3 ἐλυθήτην Sees Sub. λυθῶ es 2 “os λυθῇς gz oS Ξ 8 λυθῇ PP ge P.1 λυθῶμεν 53 3 2 2Ζλυθῆτε ΠΕ νῇ Ε 8 λυθῶσι: S685 D. 2 λυθῆτον τὰ ας αἢ δ᾽ τ

Opt. λελυσοίμην λυθείην λυθησοίμην Ξ Ξ am 2 λελύσοιο λυθείης λυθήσοιο ASS s 3 λελύσοιτο λυθείη λυθήσοιτο Εὰς- ᾧ A

P. 1 λελυσοίμεθα λυθείημεν, λυθεῖμεν λυθησοίμεθα ae Ξ 2 λελύσοισθε λυθείητε, λυθεῦῖτε λυθήσοισθε oa r= Ξ 8 λελύσοιντο λυθείησαν, λυθεῖεν λυθήσοιντο SS, 3 Ξ D. 2 λελύσοισθον | λυθείητον, λυθεῦτον λυθήσοισθον ΒΕ is Ξ 8 λελυσοίσθην λυθειήτην, λυθείτην λυθησοίσθην > 5.3 δ: Imy. λύθητι ἜΘ ὦ Ὁ 8 λυθήτω Sek 5 P. 2 Ξλύθητε Ἐξ —3 3 λυθήτωσαν, 3 Hs, Ξλυθέντων Ξ μας 9 D. 2 λύθητον Ξ μας je 3 λυθήτων ΠΝ ot : = ap Inf. λελύσεσϑαι λυθῆναι! λυθήσεσθαι 3 ve Eb Par. AeAvordpevos,-n,-ov| AvOels! -εἶσα! -ἐν! λυθησόμενος,-η,-ον] .: Ses - G. λελυσομένου,-ς | λυθέντος! -elo-ns λυθησομένου, ns ἢ 3 = 3

q. Verbals \trés! soliitus, solibilis, Zoosed, loosable ; λὕτέος ! solvendus.

48 CONJUGATION. —- SECOND TENSES.

38. E. 7. 2 Aorist System.

r. 2 Aor. Act. t. 2 Aor. Mippie. ya left. I remained. Ind. Ξἔχίπον liqui ἐλϊπόμην 2 ἔλιπες ἐλίπου 8. ἔλιπε ἐλίπετο P..1 ἐλίπομεν ἐλιπόμεθα 2 ἐλίπετε ἐλίπεσθε 3 Ζέλιπον ἐλίποντο D. 2 ἐλίπετον ἐλίπεσϑον 8 ἐλιπέτην ἐλιπέσθην Sub. λίπω λίπωμαι - 2 λίπῃς Nin 3 *iry λίπηται P.1 λίπωμεν λιπώμεϑα 2 λίπητε “λίπησθε 8 λίπωσιϊ λίπωνται D. 2 λίπητον λίπησθον Opt. λίποιμι λιποίμην 2 λίποις λίποιο 8. λίποι λίποιτο Pp. 1 λίποιμεν λιποίμεθα λίποιτε λίποισθε 3 λίποιεν λίποιντο Ὁ. 2 λίποιτον λίποισθον 8 λιποίτην λιποίσϑην Τὴν. λίπε ᾿ λιποῦ! 8 λιπέτω Nréo wo Pp. ἃ λίπετε λίπεσθε 8 λιπέτωσαν, λιπέσθωσαν, λιπόντων Ἔλιπέσθων D. 2 λίπετον λίπεσθον 8 λιπέτων δἜῬλιπέσθων Inf. λιπεῖν! λιπέσθαι! Par. λιπών! λιπόμενος

Theme λείπω (5. λιπ-, λειπ-, 347 h) linquo, to Jeave, 50; F. λείψω, 2 Pf. λέλοιπα, 312 b; λιπών decl. 26f; accent 780 b, 781 b, 782.

Srconp TENSES. 8. 2 Perfect Syst.

* uy. 2 Perrsect ACTIVE.

I trust, pret. πέποιθα, fido πέποιθας

Ζηπέποιθε: trem οἰίθἄμεν πεποίθατε πεποίθᾷσι tet ol0arov

πεποίθω πεποίθῃς πεποίθῃ πεποίθωμεν πεποίθητε πεποίθωσι'

πεποίθητον

πεποίθοιμι, -οίην πεποίθοις, -οίης πεποίθοι, -οίη πεποίθοιμιεν πεποίθουτε πεποίθοιεν

πεποίθοντον

πεποιθοίτην Ζ2Ζπέποιθε

πεποιθέτω

πεποίθετε πεποιθέτωσαν, πεποιθόντων πεποίθετον πεποιθέτων

πεποιθέναι!

πεποιθώς -υἵα ! -ός!

v. 2 Piup. Act. ἐπεποίθειν ἐπεποίθεις ἐπεποίθει ἔπεποίθειμεν, &c.

8. 38,

9. 2 Comp. Syst. w. 2 AORIST PASSIVE. Iwas worn. ἐτρίβην tritus sum

ἐτρίβης ἐτρίβη ἐτρίβημεν ἐτρίβητε ἐτρίβησαν ἐτρίβητον ἐτριβήτην τριβῶ τριβῇς τριβῇ τριβῶμεν ͵ 2τριβῆτε τριβῶσι" τριβῆτον

τριβείην

τριβείης

τριβείη. τριβείημεν, -εἶμεν τριβείητε, -εῖτε τριβείησαν, -εἶεν τριβείητον, -εἶτον τριβειήτην, -εἰτην

τρίβηθι τριβήτω 2τρίβητε τριβήτωσαν, 27 piBévTwv τρίβητον τριβήτων τριβῆναι!ϊ τριβείς! -εἶσα! -ev! x. 2 Fur. Pass. τριβήσομαι τριβησοίμην τριβήσεσθαι τριβησόμενος

8 38. y. The Second ΤΈΝΒΕΒ, which have no place in the regular con- jugation, are here supplied from the verbs λείπω, πείθω, and τρίβω (39).

See 289, 303, 336s. θοίην 293 ο. ,

Pret. πέποιθα 268, 338 b, 312 Ὁ, 817 Ὁ, 818 ; πεποι-

8 89, 6. Mute Versps 2706 : τρίβω 847 g, τάσσω 8491, 169 a, πείθω 847 h, ὁρίζω 3498; τρί(β-σωγψω, ἔτα(γ-σαγξα, πέπει(θ-σο)σο, πεπεῖ(θ-σθαι)- σθαι, 151 ; ὁριί(σω, εω)ῶ, 806 ἃ ; τέτρι(β-κα)φα,. τέτα(γ-κα)χα, wpi(d-Kew)-

§ 39. MUTE VERBS. -

39. vit. Crasses or Verss. A.

a, LABIAL: τρίβω Stem τρίβ-, rpiB- ; to rub. Pres. A. τρίβω téro P. & M. τρίβομαι Impf. A. ἔτριβον P. ἃ M. ἐτριβόμην Fut. A. τρίψω Mid. τρίψομαι 1 Aor. A. ἔτριψα Mid. ἐτριψάμην 2 Aor. A. €A\aBov took Mid. ἐλαβόμην 1 Pf A. τέτρϊφὰ trivi 1 Pl. A. ἐτετρίφειν 2. Pi Ad λέλοιπα 38 r 2 Fi A, ἐλελοίπειν

PE Ῥ, Ind. τέτριμμαι τέτριψαι τέτριπται Ρ. 1 τετρίμμεθὰ τέτριφθε τετριμμένοι εἰσί' την. τέτριψο τετρίφθω Ρ. 2 τέτριφθε τετρίφθωσαν, τετρίφθων Inf. τετρίφθαι! Par. τετριμμένος ! Pl. P. Ind. ἐτετρίμμην 2 ἐτέτριψο 3 ἐτέτριπτο p. 1 ἐτετρίμμεθα 2 ἐτέτριφθε 3 τετριμμένοι ἦσαν Fut. Pf τετρίψομαι 1 Aor. P. ἐτρίφθην 1 Fut. P. τριφθήσομαι 2 Aor. P. ἐτρίβην ottener 2 Fut. P. τριβήσομαι Verbals τριπτός, τριπτέος

ἴων eo wh ew bo

Ὁ. PALATAL: τάσσω τὰἄγ-, τασσ-:; arrange. τάσσω, τάττω τάσσομαι, τάττομαι ἔτασσον, ἔταττον ἐτασσόμην, ἐταττόμην τάξω 4 τάξομαι » ἔταξα > / ἐταξάμην ΜΎυῃω ἤγἄγον led ἐὼν i ee eee τέτἄχα ἐτετάχειν ta = - πέ a figi τέφευγα fig ἐπεφεύγειν τέταγμαι τέταξαι τέτακται τετάγμεθα τέταχθε τετάχαται͵

τέταξο τετάχθω τέταχθε τετάχθωσαν, τετάχθων τετάχθαι! τεταγμένος | ἐτετάγμην ἐτέταξο ἐτέτακτο ἐτετάγμεθα ἐτέταχθε > , ἐτετάχατο

τετάξομαι ἐτάχθην ταχθήσομαι ἐτἄγην rare ταγήσομαι τακτός, τακτέος

49

Mute.

C. LINGUAL! πείθω wi6-, πειθ-; persuade. πείθω , πείθομαι ΕΣ ἔπειθον > ’ ἐπειθόμην πείσω πείσομαι ἔπεισα ἐπεισάμην ἔπιθον poet. ἐπιθόμην πέπεικα ἐπεπείκειν πέποιθα 38 > / ἐπεποίθειν

πέπεισμαι πέπεισαι πέπεισται πεπείσμεθα πέπεισθε πεπεισμένοι Eloi

πέπεισο πεπείσθω πέπεισθε πεπείσθωσαν,΄ πεπείσθων πεπεῖσθαι!ϊ πεπεισμένος | ἐπεπείσμην ἐπέπεισο ἐπέπειστο ἐπεπείσμεθα ἐπέπεισθε ξ΄ > πεπεισμένοι ἦσαν

λελήσομαι ἐπείσθην πεισθήσομαι ἐδράθην τ. οΥ]. [Ξἰορὲ

πιστός, πειστέος

kev, 149 ; τέτρι(β-μα)μμαι, ἐπεπεί(θ-μην)σμην, 148 ; τέτρι(β-ταηπται, ἐτέτα(γ-το)κτο, πει(θ-τεος)στέος, ἐτρί(β-θην φθην, τα(γ-θ)χθήσομαι, ὡρί(δ-θ)- σθην, 147 ; τέτρι(β-σθεγφθε, τετά(γ-σθωγχθω, 158 ; τετριμμένοι (-αι, -α) ἦσαν, τεταγμένοι (-αι, -α) εἰσί or τετάχαται, 800 b, c, 158; ὥριζον, ὥρικα, 277 ὁ, 278 a, 280 8. Tenses supplied from other Verbs: ἔλαβον 851. 2 ; ἤγαγον,

Gk. ΚΒ. SD.

D

50 VERBS, — MUTE, LIQUID. - $39.

Mure VERBS. ἡ 40. B. Liquip: Verss. ἃ, LINGUAL: ὁρίζω | a. ἀγγέλλω nuntio b. φαίνω ostendo - ὁῤίδ-, dpcg-; to bound. Ἰἰάγγελ-, ἀγγελλ-; toannounce. ddv-, paw-; to show. Pte=, ΟΡ YY εἰ Pres, A. ὁρίζω finio ἀγγέλλω φαίνω P. & M. ὁρίζομαι ἀγγέλλομαι φαίνομαι Impf. A. ὥριζον ἤγγελλον ἔφαινον Ῥ ἃ Μ. ὡριζόμην ἠγγελλόμην ἐφαινόμην 1 aon = pica decry: alee id. ὡρισάμην ἡγγειλάμην ἐφηνάμην 2 Aor. ἃ. εἶδον saw ifyyehov rarer €Barov threw Mid. εἰδόμην ἠγγελόμην : ἐβαλόμην i. Pie, Sptka ἤγγελκα πέφαγκα 1 PL A ὡρίκειν ἠγγέλκειν ἐπεφάγκειν 2 Ph A. οἶδα 46 ἃ ὄλωλα peril πέφηνα as mid, 2 Pl. A. 7dew 7 ὀλώλειν ἐπεφήνειν Perf. iZ ὥρισμαι ἤγγελμαι πέφασμαι Finp: ἃ raped ye ἜΝ. or. P. ὡρίσθην ἡγγέλθην ἐφάνθην 1 Fut. P. ὁρισθήσομαι ἀγγελθήσομαι φανθήσομαι 2 Aor. i. ἠγγέλην late ἐφάνην as mid. 2 Fut. P. ; [oreos ἀγγελήσομαι φανήσομαι Verbals ὁριστός, dpe- ἀγγελτός, ἀγγελτέος φαντός, φαντέος Fut. Act. Fut. Mid. Peif. Pass. & Mid. For. A. ὁρίσω, ποκα ἀπ χρῶ é ὁριῶ ayyeA@ ἀἄγγελουμαε Τῃᾷ. πέφασμαι Opt. ὁρίσοιμι, Ind. paiva φανοῦμαι 2 πέφανσαι ~~ δριοῖμι 2 φανεῖς φανῇ, φανεῖ ὦ πέφανται Inf. ὁρίσειν, 3 φανεῖ φανεῖτι ».1 πεφάσμεθα ὁριεῖν P. 1 φανοῦμεν chavotpeba 2 πέφανθε [εἰσί Par. ὁρίσων, 2 φανεῖτε φανεῖσθε 3 πεφασμένοι ὁριῶν 3 φανοῦσ. εἰ φανοῦνται Imv. πέφανσο gon Opt. φανοῖμι,-οίην φανοίμην ὃ π' εφάνθω For. Μ. ὁρίσομαι, “ΡΣ τρανοῦ, οίηα φανοῖο. Κ. 2 πέφανθε, kc Opt. ὅριι te οἴμηι ᾿ 3 pavoi, -oin pavoiro Inf. πεφάνθαι! Sakae? 1 φανοίμεν φανοίμεθα Par. πεφασμένος! Inf. ὁρίσεσθαι, ‘ee φανοῖσθε Plup. Pass. & Mid. ὁριεῖσθαι Inf Parole pavolsma ἐπεφάσμην Par. ὁρισόμενος, | 1}}}- φανεῖν φανεῖσθαι ἐπέφανσο éptovpevos' Par. φανῶν φανούμενος ἐπέφαντο, Kc.

fr. ἄγω ago, lead, 284 6, g; πέφευγα, fr. φεύγω fugio, flee, ὅ0 ; λελήσομαι shall have forgotten, fr. λανθάνω δ0 ; ἐδράθην 342. 3, 351. 2 ; εἶδον 358. — Ο. E. γράφω write, tpérw turn, κόπτω cut, τύπτω strike, πλέκω plait, δέχομαι receive, πράσσω do, φράζω tell, πλάσσω fashion, 50 ; κομίζω, -ἰσω, -10, κεκόμικα, -ἰσμαι, ἐκομίσθην, κομιστός, bring ; σπεύδω hasten.

8 40. c. Liquip VERBS: ἀγγέλλω 3491, φαίνω 847 ἢ ; ἀγγεί(λ-σω, χέω)λῶ, φανῶ, ἔφ(αν-σαγηνα, ἤγγειλα, 1δ2 ; φαν(ἐωλ)ῶ, - «(ἀειε)εῖς, -(ἐογοῦμεν, -(ἐε)εῖτε, -(ἐουγοῦσι, -(ἐοι)οῖμι, -(ἐων)ῶν, 121, cf. φιλέω 42 ; φανοίην 293 Ὁ ; “πέφα(ν-καγγκα 150; πέφηνα 312a; πέφα(ν-μαῦσμαι 100 d; πέφαν-σαι

δ. 42... DOUBLE-CONSONANT, PURE. 61

41. C. DovsiEe-Consonant VERBS.

a. πέμπω mitto Ὀ. σπένδω libo c. αὔξω or αὐξάνω augeo πεμπ-; send. omrevd-; pour, avé-, avédv-; increase, Pres. A. πέμπω ἄρχω σπένδω αὔξω, αὐξἄνω P.& Μ. πέμπομαι.. lead σπένδομαι αὔξομαι, αὐξάνομαι Impf. A. ἔπεμπον ἦρχον ἔσπενδον ηὖξον, ηὔξανον P. ἃ Μ. ἐπεμπόμην ἐσπενδόμην ηὐξόμην, ηὐξανόμην Fut. A. πέμψω ἄρξω σπείσω αὐξήσω μελλήσω Mid. πέμψομαι σπείσομαι αὐξήσομαι Aor. A. ἔπεμψα ἦρξα ἔσπεισα ηὔξησα ἥψησα Mid. ἐπεμψάμην ἐσπεισάμην ηὐξησάμην 1 Pf. A. πέπομφα ἦρχα ἔσπεικα late ηὔξηκα ἤῤῥηκα 1 PL ἃ ἐπεπόμφειν ἐσπείκειν ηὐξήκειν 2 Pf A. λέλαμπα blaze πέπονθα ὄδωδα smell 2 Pl. A. eheAdprrew ἐπεπόνθειν ὀδώδειν Pere Ῥ'. πέπεμμαι ἦργμαι ἔσπεισμαι ηὔξημαι Plup. Ῥ. ἐπεπέμμην ἐσπείσμην ηἰξήμην Aor. P. ἐπέμφθην ἤρχθην ἐσπείσθην ηὐξήθην Fut. P. πεμφθήσομαι σπεισθήσομαι αὐξηθήσομαι ‘Verbals πεμπτός, πεμπτέος σπειστέος αὐξητός, αὐξητέος

Perfect Passive. (ἃ. ἐλέγχω to confute.) Pluperfect Passive.

Ind. πέπεμμαι ἐλήλεγμαι ἐπεπέμμην ἐληλέγμην 2 πέπεμψαι ἐλήλεγξαι ἐπέπεμψο ἐληλεγξο 3 πέπεμπται ἐλήλεγκται ἐπεπέμπτο ἐλήλεγκτο P. 1 πεπέμμεθα ἐληλέγμεθα ἐπεπέμμεθα ἐληλέγμεθα 2 πέπεμφθε — ἐλήλεγχθε ἐπέπεμφθε ἐλήλεγχθε ἴσαν 3 πεπεμμένοι εἰσί ἐληλεγμένοι εἰσί πεπεμμένοι ἦσαν ἐληλεγμένοι ἧ- Imv. πέπεμψο ἐλήηλεγξο Pr. P. taf. Wire Paste: 2 πεπέμφθω ἐληλέγχθω πεπέμφθαι! πεπεμμένος! Pp. ὃ πέπεμφθε, ὅς. ἐλήλεγχθε, Xe. ἐληλέγχθαι!ϊ ἐληλεγμένος !

42. D. Pure Verss. 1. CONTRACT.

1. Τὴ -άω: τιμάω hondro 2. In -έω: φιλέω imo 3. In -dw: δηλόω declaro 5. Tiud-; to honor. S. φίλε-; ἐο love. ry δηλο-; to manifest.

156 Ὁ ; πέφα(ν-σθεννθε 158 : ὄλωλα, fr. ὄλλῦμι destroy, 351. 4, 281 ο ; ἔβα- λον, fr. βάλλω 50. —O. E. στέλλω send, καθαίρω purify, δέρω Aa γ, σπείρω sow, φθείρω destroy, μιαίνω stain, τῷ νὼ stretch, κλίνω bend, κρίνω judge, πλύνω wash, τέμνω cut, βάλλω throw, μένω remain, νέμω distribute, 50.

§ 41. 6, DovusBLe-ConsonANT VERBS: πέπομφα 8120 ; πέπε(μπ- μαιῆμμαν, ἐλήλεγμαι, 148 ἃ ; σπί(ενδ-σω)γείσω, ἔσπ(ενδ-μ, ενσμ)εισμαι, 151, 156, 148 ; ἔσπεικα 50 ; αὐξάνω 351. 2; αὐξήσω 511 ἃ ; λέλαμπα, rerovla, ὄδωδα, fr. λάμπω, πάσχω suffer, ὄξω, 50; ἀελλήσω, ἥψησα, ἤῤῥηκα, ἴν. μέλλω delay, ἕψω boil, ἔῤῥω go away, 8511, 50. --- Ο. E. κάμπτω bend, σφίγγω bind, τέρπω please, κλάζω clang, βόσκω feed, ἄχθομαι be vexed.

52 CONJUGATION. ΘΖ,

DEFINITE a. PRESENT ACTIVE.

I honor, live, love, run, manifest. Ind. rip(ao)a ζῶ φϊλ(έω)γῶ θέω δηλ(όω)ῷ 2 τιμ(άεις)ᾷς Gs φιλίέεις)εῖς θεῖς δηλί(όεις)οῖς 3 τιμ(ἀει)ᾷ ζῶ φιλίέει) et θεῖ δηλ(όει)οϊ Pp. 1 τιμ(άἀογῶ-μεν ζῶμεν φιλ(έογοῦτμεν θέομεν δηλ(όὀο)οῦ-μεν 2 τιμ(άε)αττε ζῆτε φιλ(έε)εῖ-τε θεῖτε δηλί(όε)οῦ-τε 3 τιμ(ἀουγῶ-σι’ ζῶσι’ φιλί(έου)οῦ-σι’ θέουσι’ δηλί(όου)οῦ-σι'

Sub. τιμ(ἀω)ῶ ζῶ φιλ(έω)ῶ θέω δηλ(όω)ῶ 2 τιμ(άῃς)ᾷς ὥς φιλί(έῃς)ῆς θέῃς δηλ(ύῃε)οῖς 3 τιμ(άῃ)ᾷ ᾧ. φιλ(έῃ)ῃ θέῃ δηλ(όῃγοϊ

P. 1 τιμ(άωγῶ-μεν ζῶμεν φιλ(έωγῶστμεν θέωμεν δηλ(όω)ῶ-μεν 2 τιμ(ἀηγᾶττε (ῆτε φιλ(έηγῆττε θέητε δηλί(όη)γῶ-τε 8 τιμ(ἀωγῶ-σιι ζῶσι φιλ(έωγῶ-σι’ θέωσι' δηλ(όω)ῶ-σι'

Opt. τιμ(ἀοιγῷ-μι, “yy φιλίέοι)οῖ-μι, -οίην δηλ(όοι)οῖ-μι, -οίην

2 τιμί(ἀοιε)ῷς, “ons φιλ(εοιε)οῖς, -οίης δηλ(όοι)οῖς, -οίης 9 τιμ(ἀου)ῷ, τῴη φιλ(έομ)οῖ, -oin dnA(dor)ot, -οίη Pp. 1 τιμ(ἀοιγῷτμεν, τῴημεν φιλίέοι)οῖ-μεν, -οίημεν δηλ(όοι)οῖ-μεν,-οίημεν 2 τιμ(ἀοιλῷ-τε, τῴητε φιλίέοι)οῖ-τε, -οίητε δηλ(όοι)οῖ-τε, -oinre 3 τιμ(ἀοι)ῷ- εν φιλίέοι)οῖ-εν δηλί(όοι)οῖ-εν Imvy. τίμ(αε)ᾶ ζὥ φίλ(εε)ει θεὶ - δήλ(οε)ου

ὃ τιμ(αέ)άττω ζήτω φιλ(εέ)γείτω θείτω δηλί(οέ)ού-τω

Ρ. 2 τιμ(άε)δα-ττε ζῆτε, φιλ(έεγεῖ-τε θεῖτε, δηλ(όε)οῦ-τε 3 τιμ(αἐέ)ά-τωσαν, We. φιλ(εέ)εί-τωσαν, &e. δηλί(οέ)ού-τωσαν, τιμ(αὀ)γώ-ντων φιλ(εό)ού-ντων δηλ(οὐὀ)ού-ντων

Inf. τιμ(άειναν ζῆν φιλί(έεινγεῖν θεῖν δηλ(όειν)οῦν

Par. τιμ(ἀωνῶν ζῶν φιλ(έων)ῶν θέων δηλ(όων)ῶν τιμ(ἀουγῶ-σα φιλί(έου)οῦ-σα δηλ(δου)οῦ-σα τιμ(αον)ῶν φιλ(έον)οῦν δηλ(όον)οῦν

b. IMPERFECT ACTIVE.

s. 1 ἐτίμ(αονων ἔζων ἐφίλ(εοννουν ἔθεον ἐδήλ(οον)ουν 2eérip(aes)as ἔζης ἐφίλ(εες)εις ἔθεις ἐδηλί(οες)ους 8 ἐτίμ(αε)α ἔζη ἐφίλί(εε)ει ἔθει ἐδήλ(οε)ου

p. 1 ἐτιμ(ἀογῶ-μεν ἐζῶμεν ἐφιλ(έογοῦ-μεν ἐθέομεν ἐδηλ(όο)οῦ-μεν 2 ἐτιμ(ἀε)ᾶ-ττε ἐζῆτε ἐφιλί(έε)εῖ-τε ἐθεῖτε ἐδηλί(όε)οῦ-τε

8 ἐτίμί(αονων ἔζων edid(eov)ovy ἔθεον ἐδήλ(οον)ουν

§ 42. 6. ConrracT VERBS 290}, 309, 1205, 7; τιμ(άω)ῶ, τιμ(ἀο)γῶμεν, τιμ(άουγῶσι, τιμ(ἀοιγῶμι, 1206 ; ; τιμ(άειο)ᾷο, τιμ(άεγᾶτε, τιμ(άῃε)ᾷς, τιμ(ἀη)ᾶ ᾶ- τε, 1208, 118 ἃ ; φιλ(έωγώῶσι, ᾿ιλ(ἐουλοῦ, φιλ(έοιγοῖο, 121 ο ; φιλ(έογοῦμαι, pir(éer)et, φιλ(ἐε)εῖται, 121 ἃ, Ὁ ; φιλί(έῃγῇ, φιλ(έηγῆται, 121 ἀ; ; δηλ(δων)ῶν, δηλ(ὀουγοῦσα, δηλ(όοις)οῖς, 121 ὃ: ; Snr(ders)ots, δηλ(όῃ)οῖ, 123 ἃ; δήλ(οε)ου, ἐδήλ(οον)ουν, 121 Ὁ ; δηλ(όηγῶσθε, 120 ἃ ; τιμ(άεω)ᾶν, Bup\(Seer) 067; 309 ¢ ; τιμῴην, φιλοίης, δήλοίη (in this second form of the Opt., the parts shown above take the place of all that follows the parentheses in the first form), 293 ", ὁ ; §(deus)qs, ζ(άῃ)ῇ», eF(ae)n, 120g; θέω, θεῖς, 809 Ὁ ; τιμήσω, θη-

§ 42. CONTRACT VERBS. 53

TENSES. 6, PRESENT PAssIVE AND MIDDLE. I am honored, loved, manifested, dc. -Ind. τιμ(άἀο)γῶ-μαι φιλ(έογοῦ-μαι δηλ(όο)οῦ-μαι 2 τιμ(άἀῃ)ᾷ ᾿ φιλ(έῃ)ῇ, φιλ(έει)εῖ δηλ(όῃ)οϊ 8 τιμ(ἀε)ᾶτ-ται φιλί(έε)εῖ-ται δηλ(ὀε)οῦ-ται Ρ. 1 τιμ(αὀ)ώ-μεθα φιλ(εό)ού-μεθα δηλ(οό)ού-μεθα 2 τιμί(άαε)ᾶ-σθε φιλ(έε)εῖ-σθε δηλ(ὀε)οῦ-σθε 8. τιμ(άο)ῶ-νται φιλ(έο)οῦ-νται δηλ(όο)οῦ-νται Sub. τιμί(ἀω)γῶ-μαι φιλ(έω)ῶ-μαι δηλ(ύω)ῶ-μαι 2 τιμ(άῃλᾷ φιλ(έῃ)ῇ δηλ(όῃ)οῖ 8. τιμ(άη)ᾶ-ται φιλ(έη)ῆ-ται δηλ(ὀη)ῶ-ται Pp. 1 τιμ(αὠ)ώ-μεθα φιλ(εώ)ώ-μεθα δηλ(οὠ)ώ-μεθα 2 τιμ(ἀη)ᾶ-σθε φιλ(έη)ῆ-σθε δηλ(όηγῶ-σθε 8. τιμ(αω)ῶ-νται φιλ(έω)ῶ-νται δηλ(όω)ῶ-νται Opt. τιμ(αοί,ῴ-μην φιλ(εοί)οί-μην δηλ(οοί)οί-μην 2 τιμί(ἀοι)ῷ-ο φιλί(έοι)οῖ-ο δηλ(όοι)οῖ-ο 8. τιμ(αοι)ῷ-το φιλί(έοι)οῖ-το δηλ(όοι)οῖ-το Ρ. 1 τιμίαοίῴ-μεθα φιλ(εοί)οί-μεθα δηλ(οοί)οί-μεθα 2 τιμ(ἀοι)ῷ-σθε φιλί(έοι)οῖ-σθε ᾿ς δηλ(όοι)οῖ-σθε 98. τιμ(ἀοι)γῷ-ντο φιλ(έοι)οῖ-ντο δηλ(όοι)οῖ-ντο Imv. τιμ(ἀου)ῶ φιλ(έουοῦ .- ᾿ δηλ(ὀου)οῦ 8. τιμί(αέ)ά-σθω φιλ(εέ)εί-σθω δηλ(οέ)ού-σθω p.2 τιμ(άἀε)ᾶ-σθε φιλί(έε)εῖ-σθε δηλ(όε)οῦ-σθε 8 τιμ(αέ)ά-σθωσαν, φιλ(εέ)εί-σθωσαν, δηλ(οέ)γού-σθωσαν, τιμ(αέ)ά-σθων φιλ(εέ)εί-σθων δηλ(οέ)ού-σθων Inf. τιμ(άε)ᾶ-σθαι φιλίέεγεῖ-σθαι δηλ(ύε)οῦ-σθαι Par. τιμ(αὀγώ-μενος _ φιλ(εὐ)ού-μενος δηλ(οὀ)ού-μενος - τιμ(αο)γω-μένη φιλ(εο)ου-μένη δηλ(οο)ου-μένη: τιμ(αὀ)ώ-μενον φιλ(εό)ού-μενον δηλ(οὀ)ού-μενον ἃ. ἹΜΡΕΒΕΈΟΤ PAssIVE AND MIDDLE. 5.1 ἐτιμ(αὀ)ώ-μην ἐφιλ(εὐ)ού-μην ἐδηλ(οό)ού-μην 2 ἐτιμ(άου)ῶ ἐφιλ(έου)οῦ ἐδηλ(όου)οῦ 8 ἐτιμ(άε)ᾶ-το ἐφιλ(έε)εῖ-το ἐδηλ(ὀε)οῦ-το P.1 ἐτιμ(αὀ)ώ-μεθα ἐφιλ(εό)ού-μεθα ἐδηλ(οὐ)ού-μεθα 2 ἐτιμ(ἀε)ᾶ-σθε ἐφιλί(έεγ)εῖ-σθε ἐδηλ(ὀε)οῦ-σθε 8. ἐτιμ(αο)ῶ-ντο ἐφιλ(έο)οῦ-ντο ἐδηλ(ὀο)οῦ-ντο

ράσω, ἐφίλησα, δεδήλωκα, 310; ἐτέλεσα 8100 ; πλεύσω 345 ; πλευσοῦμαι 806 ἃ ; τετέλεσμαι, ἐπλεύσθην, 807 ἃ, Ὁ ; ἐλζάσω)γῶ, τελ(έσω)ῶ, 305 Ὁ ; πε- πράσομαι fr. (πρα-) πιπράσκω sell, 50; κεκλήσομαι fr. καλέω, -ἔσω, CALL, 842. 2, 50; δεδήσομαι fr. δέω bind, 8190, 809 b; accent 772.— Ο. E. νικάω conquer, ὀπτάω roast; dupdw thirst, rewdw hunger, 120g; πειράω try, édw permit, ἀνιάω vex, axpodoua hear, 310, 279¢; σπάω draw, yehdw laugh, 310 ο, 6, 807 a; αἰτέω ask, μισέω hate, oixéw inhabit, ἡγέομαι lead, μιμέομαι imitor, imitate; ζέω boil, αἰδέομαι respect, 310 c, 307 a, 809 Ὁ ; πληρόω fill, χρυσόω gild ; prydw shiver, 824 Ὁ ; ἀρόω plough, 510 ο, 50.

Fut.

GREEK AND.LATIN CONTRACT VERBS.

§ 42.

f. INDEFINITE AND CoMPLETE TENSES.

. τιμήσω : . τιμήσομαι

. ἐτίμησα

. ἐτιμησάμην . τετίμηκα

. ἐτετιμήκειν

. PB. τετίμημαι Ὁ P. ἐτετιμήμην

. τετιμήσομαι

. P. ἐτιμήθην

P. τιμηθήσομαι τιμητός, τιμητέος

φιλήσω φιλήησομαι ἐφίλησα ἐφιλησάμην πεφίληκα ἐπεφιλήκειν πεφίλημαι ἐπεφιλήμην πεφιλήσομαι ἐφιλήθην φιληθήσομαι φιλητός, φιλητέος

g. OTHER EXAMPLES.

» Onp(aw)& hunt . Onp(do)d-pat

. €Onp(aov)av

» €Onp(ad}a-pnv A. θηράσω

id. θηρᾶσομαι

A. ἐθήρᾶσα

. ἐθηρασάμην

. A. τεθήρᾶκα

> m4 : ἐτεθηρᾶκειν

+ ag ἐξ τεθήρᾶμαι . Ρ. ἐτεθηράμην

πεπρᾶσομαι P. ἐθηράθην P. θηραθήσομαι

_Verbals θηρᾶτός, θηρᾶτέος

Fut.

Att.

τελ(έωγῶ finish τελ(έογοῦ-μαι ἐτέλ(εον)ουν

. ἐτελ(εό)ού-μην

τελέσω, τελῷ τελέσομαι, τελοῦμαι

ἐτέ ἔλεσα

ἐτελεσάμην τετέλεκα > ΄ ἐτετελέκειν τετέλεσμαι ἐτετελέσμην

κεκλήσομαι » ’ ἐτελέσθην

,

τελεσθήσομαι τελεστός, τελεστέος

δηλώσω δηλώσομαι ἐδήλωσα ἐδηλωσάμην δεδήλωκα ἐδεδηλώκειν δεδήλωμαι ἐδεδηλώμην δεδηλώσομαι ἐδηλώθην δηλωθήσομαι δηλωτός, δηλωτέος

πλέω sail ἔπλεον

πλεύσω late πλεύσομαι, πλευσοῦ-

ἔπλευσα [pat

πέπλευκα ἐπεπλεύκειν πέπλευσμαι ἐπεπλεύσμην δεδήσομαι ἐπλεύσθην late πλευσθήσομαι late πλευστέος

ἐλί doo, ἀωγῶ, ἐλᾷς, ἐλᾷ, ἐλῶμεν, Ke.; ἐλῷμι or ἐλῴην" ἐλᾶν ἐλῶν. τελ(έσω, ἐω)ῶ, τέλεῖο, τελεῖ, &e.; + χελοῖμε. or τελοίην" τελεῖν" τελῶν.

43. ΑΝΑΙΟΘΙΕΒ From Latin Contract VERBS.

1. In -(ao)o: ama-.

Ind. Pr. am(ao)o love 2 am<(ais)ds 3 am(ait)at Pp. 1 am(ai)émus 2 am(ai)dtis 3 am(aiint)ant Impf. am(aé)a@bam Sub. Pr. am(aam)em Impf. am(aé)dérem

2. In -eo: mone-.

ACTIVE VOICE.

monéo warn mon (615) 25 mon(eit)@ mon(ei)émus mon(ei)étis mon(eiint)ent mon(eé)ébam

moneam mon(eé)érem

8. In -ἰο: audi-.

audio hear aud (iis)zs aud (iit)%z aud(ii)tmus audii)ztis audiunt audiébam

audiam aud(ié)trem

§ 45.

BARYTONES IN τῷ AND Imy.s.2 διη(αδ)ῶ mon(eé)é 2,3 am(ai)dto mon(ei)éto » Ρ. 2 am(aijdte mon(ei)éte 3 am(aiijanto mon(eii)ento Inf. Pr. am/(aé)dare mon(eé)ére Par. Pr. am(aens)ans mon(eens)éns PASSIVE VOICE. Ind. Pr. am/(aor)or monéor 2 am(aé)dris, -re mon(eé)éris -re, 3 am(ai)a@tur mon(ei)étur Pp. 1 am(ai)@mur mon(ei)émur 2 am(ai)dmini mon(ei)émini 3 am<(aii)antur mon(eiijentur Impf. am(aé)abar mon(eé)ébar Sub. Pr. am(aar)er monear Impf. am(aé)érer mon(eé)érer Imy.s.2 am(aé)ére mon(eé)ére 2,3 am/(ai)dtor mon(ei)étor ; p. 2° am(ai)@mini mon(ei)émini | 3 am(aii)antor mon(eii)entor Inf. Pr. am(aé)ari mon(eé)éri 44. Pure VERBS. 11.

55

aud (δ) aud(ii)ito aud(ii)ite. audiunto aud(ié)ire audiens

audior aud(ié)tris, -re aud(ii)étur aud(ii)¢mur aud(ii)tmini audiuntur audiébar audiar aud(ié)zrer aud(ié)ire aud(ii)ttor aud (ii)?mini audiuntor aud (ié)éri

BARYTONES IN -@.

S. βουλευ-, to plan; σει-, shake ; θὕ-, θῦ-, sacrifice ; και-, κα-, &c., burn.

Pres. A. Ῥ. ἃ M. Impf. A. P. ἃ M. Fut. A.

Mid. Aor. A.

Mid. Perf. A. Plup. A. Pett ἜΣ Plup. P. Aor: P. Fut. P. Verbals

, - 4 Bovreto , σείω θύω (). καίω, ο. A. κάω [2 ’ βουλεύομαι σείομαι θύομαι καίομαι ἐβούλευον ἔσειον ἔθυον ἔκαιον, €kaov ἐβουλευόμην ἐσειόμην ἐθυόμην ἐκαιόμην . βουλεύσω σείσω vow Kavo@ , βουλεύσομαι σείσομαι θυσομαι καύσομαι 4 - ἐβούλευσα ἔσεισα ἔθυσα éxavoa, P. €xea ἐβουλευσάμην ἐσεισάμην ἐθυσάμην ἐκαυσάμην ΄ βεβούλευκα.. σέσεικα τέθὑκα κέκαυκα “ > 4 > , > , > ’ ἐβεβουλεύκειν ἐσεσείκειν ἐτεθύκειν ἐκεκαύκειν ΄ . ΄ βεβούλευμαι σέσεισμαι τέθῦμαι κέκαυμαι > ‘ > , Ane. U > , ἐβεβουλεύμην ἐσεσείσμην ἐτεθύμην ἐκεκαύμην > ’ rete; » A > , 2 Ψ ἐβουλεύθην ἐσείσθην ἐτὕθην ἐκαύθην, exanv ’ , , βουλευθήσομαι σεισθήσομαι τυθήσομαι καυθήσομαι ’, v βουλευτός, -τέος σειστός, -τέος θὕτέος καυτός ΟΥ̓́-στός

45. Pure VERBS.

il, . VERBS IN -μι.

1. ἵστημι (8. ora-, ἱστἄ-) stdtuo, to set up, station (Pf. and 2 Aor.,, to STAND); 2. τίθημι (θε-, riMe-) pono, to put, place: 3. δίδωμι (do-, δῖδο-) do, to give ; 4. δείκνῦμι (Setx-, δεικνῦ-) indico to point out, show.

§ 44. a. BARYTONE VERBS 309a: βεβούλευμαι, σέσεισμαι, 307 Ὁ, ἃ : θύσω, τέθὕκα 810 ἃ ; ἐτύθην 159d; καίω (s. καξ-, Kav-, Kd-, Ke-, Kd-, Kat-) 345, 341, 847 g,h. —O. E. παιδεύω educate ; πιστεύω trust ; τίω poet.,'

56

3 ἱσταίη

P. 1 ἱσταίημεν, -aipev 2 ἱσταίητε, -aire 3 ἱσταίησαν,-αἴεν

PURE VERBS.

a. PRESENT ACTIVE.

&

TiOnue τίθης τίθησ εἴ

» τίθεμεν

, τίθετε τιθέᾷσι",

τιθεῖσι

τεθείημεν, -εἴμεν τιθείητε, -εἴτε τιθείησαν,-εἴεν

δίδωμε δίδως

δίδωσι

διδοίημεν, -oiper διδοίητε, -oire

διδοίησαν;-οἷεν

8.40. DEFINITE

δείκνῦμι, vo δείκνῦς δείκνῦσε! δείκνῦμεν δείκνυτε δεικνύασι', derxvice® δεικνύω δεικνύῃς δεικνύῃ δεικνύωμεν δεικνύητε δεικνύωσ εἰ δείκνύοιμε δεικνύοις δεικνύοι δεικνύοιμεν δεικνύοιτε δεικνύοιεν

Imv. ἵστη τίθει δίδου δείκνῦ, -ve c Jb ’, ᾿ bb 3 ἱστἄτω τιθέτω διδότω . δεικνύῦτω P. 2 ἵστατε τίθετε δίδοτε δείκνυτε ς , - > , 3 ἱστάτωσαν, τιθέτωσαν, διδότωσαν, δεικνύτωσαν, ἑἱστάντων τιθέντων διδόντων» δεικνύντων vo vb Inf. ἱστἄναε! τιθέναεϊ διδόναεϊ δεικνύναι Par. ἱστᾶς τιθείς! διδούς! δεικνύς! -ων icraca! ribeical didotca! δεικνῦσα! wv wb icra! τιθέν! διδάν! Secxvur | b. ImpER¥FECT ACTIVE. : Ind. ἵστην ἐτίθην, eriovy ἐδίδων, edi8ovv ἐδείκνῦν, ἐδείκνῦον 2 a : ee > (6 53Q/ a7 > ’ - > , ww ἵστης ἐτίθης, ἐτίθεις ἐδίδως, ἐδίδους ἐδείκνῦς, edeixvves 3 ovr > , > *£ PAY ea > , > , -- » , v < ἵστη ἐτίθη, ἐτίθει ἐδίδω, ἐδίδου ἐδείκνυ, edeixvie p. 1 ἵστᾶἄμεν ἐτίθεμεν ἐδίδομεν ἐδείκνῦμεν a OF a7 3 , 2 ἵστατε ἐτίθετε ἐδίδοτε ἐδείκνυτε a > # 59. > , 8 ἵστασαν ἐτίθεσαν ἐδίδοσαν ἐδείκνυσαν, -υον

honor ; κελεύω command, παίω strike, 807 Ὁ ; κλείω shut, κολούω main,

307 6, 50 ; daxpiw weep, κωλύω (Vv) hinder ; kate weep, 50.

§ 45. 6. VERBS IN -pt 313s: Stems, δο- διδο-, θε- τιθε-, 357. 1, στα-

tora- 357. 3, δεικ- δεικνυ- 351. 3; stem-mark lengthened 314.

Affixes

35a, 36a, g, 321, 2958; (στα-μ) ὕστημι, ὕστην, 296; (ἱστα-τ) ἵστησι, torn, 298 ; ἱστία-ντ, aver, αασι)ᾶσι, τιθέασε 300 a, 156; δείκνυμε or δεικνύω 315a; lor(d-w)a, ἱστ(ά-ῃς)ῇς, βῇς, διδ(ό-ῃγῷ, δῷ, γνῷ, τιθ(ἐ-ωγῶμαι, 316 a; ἱσταίην, δεικνύοιμι, 298, διδῴην, δῴην, 516 Ὁ, ἱσταῖμεν, θεῖμεν, 2988 ; ior (a-e)n, τίθ(ε-ε)ει, θές, δός, στῆθι, δῦθι, 297 c; ἱστάναι, δῦναι, 801 ; ἱστ(α-ντ-Ξ)άς, βάς, τιθ(ε-ντ-ε)είς, γνούς, 156, 26, ἱστᾶσα, δίδουσα, 233 Ὁ ; ἐδίδουν, ἐτίθεις,

§ 45.

TENSES.

VERBS IN -MI.

c. PRESENT PAsstvE AND MIDDLE.

Ind. ἵστἅμαι 2 ἵστασαι oa 3 ἵσταται P. 1 ἱστάμεθα a 2 ἵστασθε 3 ἵστανται

Sub. ἱστῶμαι 2 ἱστῇ 3 ἱστῆται

Imv. ἵστἄσο, ἵστω 3 ἱστάσθω Pp, 2 ἴστασθε 3 ἱστάσθ ἱστάσθωσαν, ἱστάσθων Inf. ἵστασθαι

Par. ἱστάμενος ἱσταμένη

ἱστάμενον

4.

& Ind. icrapny 2 ἵστασο, icra 3 ἵστατο

P. 1 ἱστάμεθα

τίθεμαι τίθεσαι, τίθη τίθεται τιθέμεθα τίθεσθε τίθενται

τιθῶμαι τιθῇ τιθῆται τιθώμεθα τιθῆσθε τιθῶνται

τιθείμην, τιθοίμην

τιθεῖο, τιθοῖο τιθεῖτο, τιθοῖτο

τιθείμεθα, τιθοίμεθα

᾿ φιθεῖσθε, τιθοῖσθε

τιθεῖντο τιθοῖντο

τίθεσο, τίθου τιθέσθω τίθεσθε τιθέσθωσαν, τιθέσθων

τίθεσθαι

τιθέμενος τιθεμένη τιθέμενον

δίδομαι δίδοσαι δίδοται διδόμεθα δίδοσθε

δίδονται

διδῶνται

διδοίμην διδοῖο διδοῖτο διδοίμεθα διδοῖσθε

διδοῖντο

δίδοσο, δίδου διδόσθω δίδοσθε

διδόσθωσαν,

διδόσθων ἰδοσθαι

διδόμενος διδομένη διδόμενον

IMPERFECT PASSIVE AND MIDDLE.

ἐτιθέμην ἐδιδόμην ἐτίθεσο, ἐτίθον ἐξδίδοσο, ἐδίδου ἐτίθετο ἐδίδοτο ἐτιθέμεθα ἐδιδόμεθα ἐτίθεσθε ἐδίδοσθε ἐτίθεντο ἐδίδοντο

57

δείκνύὕμαι δείκνυσαι δείκνυται δεικνύμεθα δείκνυσθε δείκνυνται

δεικνύωμαι δεικνύῃ δεικνύηται δεικνυώμεθα δεικνύησθε δεικνύωνται

δεικνυοίμην δεικνύοιο δεικνύοιτο δεικνυοίμεθα δεικνύοισθε δεικνύοιντο δείκνύῦσο δεικνύσθω δείκνυσθε δεικνύσθωσαν, δεικνύσθων

δείκνυσθαι

δεικνύμενος δεικνυμένη δεικνύμενον

᾽ wb ἐδεικνύμην

> ’ ἐδείκνυσο

» ’ ἐδείκνυτο

» , ἐδεικνύμεθα

3 , ἐδείκνυσθε

» , ἐδείκνυντο

315b; ἵστασαν 300; τίθεσαι τίθῃ (late, Pall. Ep. 79), ἵστασο ἵστω, ἔθ(εσο)ον, δ(οσο)γοῦ, 297 6, hh; τιθοίμην, θοίμην, 315¢; accent 772 g, h, 780 a, 781, 182 b-— O. E. πέμπλημι pleo, fill, πίμπρημι burn, ὀνίνημι benefit, κίχρημι lend ; &yayaradmire, δύναμαι be able, κρέμαμαι hang, μάρναμαι poet., fight ; δίζημαι Ep. & Ion., seek: ὄνομαι Ep., blame ; ἄγνῦμι break, ζεύγνῦμι jungo,

join, ζώννῦμι gird, ὄλλῦμι destroy, ὄμνῦμι swear, πήγνῦμι fasten.

See 50.

2 Aor. (see also above) 313 Ὁ, 814 ο, ἃ : ἔβην, ἔσβην, ἔγνων, (forms par- tially given in 45h), ἔδυν, ἔδραν, 2 A. of βαίνω go, σβέννῦμι quench, γιγνώ- oKw gnosco, KNOW, δύνω enter, sink, διδράσκω run, 50 ; ἐπριάμην (8. πρια-) as 2 A. of ὠνέομαι buy, 50; στὰ 297 ἃ ; στάντων, γνόντων, 8140 ; ἔθηκα,

GR. TAB. 3*

58 $45, INDEFINITE AND f. Fut. A. στήσω θήσω δώσω δείξω. Mid. στήσομαι θήσομαι δώσομαι δείξομαι 1 Aor. ἃ. ἔστησα ἔθηκα 3806 Ὁ ἔδωκα ἔδειξα Mid. ἐστησάμην ἐθηκάμην Ep. ἐδειξάμην Perf. A. ἕστηκα 46 τέθεικα 510 ἢ δέδωκα δέδειχα Plup. A. ἑστήκειν, εἱστήκειν ἐτεθείκειν ἐδεδώκειν ἐδεδείχειν F. Pf. A. ἑστήξω 819} h. Seconp Aorist Ind. ἔστην ἔβην (ἔθηκα ἔσβην (ἔδωκα ἔγνων ἔδῦν sank. 2 ἔστης ἔβης ἔθηκας ἔσβης ἔδωκας ἔγνως dus 3 ἔστη ἔβη ἔθηκε") ἔσβη ἔδωκε") ἔγνω ἔδυ Ρ. 1 ἔστημεν ἔθεμεν ἔδομεν ἔδῦμεν 2 ἔστητε ἔθετε ἔδοτε ἔδυτε 3 ἔστησαν ἔθεσαν ἔδοσαν ἔδυσαν Sub. στῶ βῶ θῶ δῶ γνῶ ὕω 2 στῆς βῆς θῆς δῷς γνῷς δύῃς “Se δέ δῷ γιῷ δῃ P. 1 στῶμεν βῶμεν θῶμεν . δῶμεν γνῶμεν δύωμεν 2 στῆτε Bite θῆτε δῶτε γνῶτε δύητε ὃ στῶσι Bao θῶσι' δῶσι’ γνῶσι δύωσι" Opt. σταίην βαίην θείην δοίην [δῴην] δύην Ep 2 σταίης βαίης θείης δοίης δύης 8 σταίη Bain θείη. - δοίη δύη P. 1 σταίημεν, σταῖμεν θείημεν, θεῖμεν . δοίημεν; δοῖμεν δύημεν, δῦμεν 2 σταίητε, σταῖτε, θείητε, θεῖτε δοίητε, δοῖτε δύητε, δῦτε᾽ 3 σταίησαν,σταῖεν θείησαν,θεῖεν δοίησαν,δοῖεν δύησαν, δῦεν Imv, στῆθι [ora] θές δός γνῶθι δῦθι 3 στήτω θέτω δότω γνώτω δύτω p. 2 στῆτε θέτε δότε γνῶτε δῦτε 8 στήτωσαν, θέτωσαν, δότωσαν, δύτωσαν, στάντων θέντων δόντων δύντων Inf. στῆναι βῆναι θεῖναι σβῆναι δοῦναι γνῶναι δῦναι Par. στᾶς Bas θείς σβείς δούς γνούς δύς

PURE’ VERBS.

ἔθεμεν, θεῖναι, ἔδωκα, ἔδομεν, δοῦναι, 306 b, c, 314d; δύην 816 ὁ ; δρ(άῃε)ᾷς 120} ; πρίωμαι, πρίαιο, 788 Ὁ. --- Ο. E. ἔτλην, ἔφθην, ἔπτην, ἐπτάμην, ἔσκλην, ἑάλων or ἥλων, ἐβίων, 2 A. οἵ τλα- endure, φθάνω anticipate, πέτο- μαι fly, σκέλλω dry, ἁλίσκομαι be taken, Bidw vivo, live, ὅθ.

§ 45. j. Setecr Homeric Forms oF ἵστημι, τίθημι, tnpr, δίδωμι, &c.

Active. Pres. Ind.

5. 2 ἱεῖς E. 880, διδοῖς (ins, δίδως, Bek.), 335, τί-

θησθα, δίδοισθα (δίδωσθα Bek.), 297b; 3 τιθεῖ, ie? B. 752, δίδοϊ, 335 ἃ ; Ρ, 3 θέουσι (θέωσι Bek.) 335a5; Sub. 5. 3 ίῃσι N. 234, § 328 Ὁ; Imv. ἵστα 335 a, δίδωθι 335d; Inf. ἱέμεν A. 351, ἱέμεναι N. 114, τιθήμεναι, διδοῦναι, 333.c, 335d: Impf. 5. 1 lew (inv Bek.) ει. 88, § 315 bs 3 ἵστασκε τ. 574, § 332 σ᾿, τίθει (τίθη Bek.) A. 441, § 284 a, 315b; P. 3 τίθεν a. 112, tev M. 88 (v. 1. ξύν-ιον A. 273), ἔδιδον, 330 b: Fut. Ind. 8. 3 ἀν-έσει σ. 265, ὃ 310 d; P. 1 διδώσομεν (s. διδο-) v. 358 ; Inf. ἡσέμεν T. 361, ἡσέμεναι π. 377, θησέ- μεναι Μ. 8ὅ, δωσέμεναι 6.7, § 333d, διδώσειν w. 314: 1 Aor. στῆσα ὃ. 582, :

§ 45. VERBS IN -MI. 59 COMPLETE TENSES. g. Perf. P. ἕστἄμαι 310d τέθειμαι δέδομαι δέδειγμαι

Plup. P. ἑστάμην ἐτεθείμην ἐδεδόμην ἐδεδείγμην

F. Pf. P. ἑστήξομαι 319 b dedei£oua 1.

Aor. P. ἐστἄθην Fut. P. σταθήσομαι

ἐτέθην 159 ἃ ἐδόθην τεθήσομαι δοθήσομαι

ἐδείχθην δειχθήσομαι

Verbals στατός, στατέος θετός, θετέος Soros, δοτέος δεικτός, δεικτέος

ACTIVE. i. SeconD Aorist MIDDLE. Ind. ἔδρᾶν ran ἐπριάμην bought ἐθέμην ἐδόμην 2 ἔδρας ἐπρίω ἔθου ἔδου ὃ ἔδρα ἐπρίατο ἔθετο ἔδοτο Ρ. 1 ἔδραμεν. ἐπριάμεθα ἐθέμεθα ἐδόμεθα 2 ἔδρατε ἐπρίασθε ἔθεσθε ἔδοσθε 8. ἔδρασαν ἐπρίαντο ἔθεντο ἔδοντο Sub. δρῶ πρίωμαι θῶμαι . δῶμαι 2 δρᾷς ἐπὶ θῇ δῷ 8. δρᾷ πρίηται θῆται δῶται P.1 δρῶμεν πριώμεθα θώμεθα δώμεθα 2 ὃρᾶτε πρίησθε θῆσθε δῶσθε ὃ δρῶσι πρίωνται θῶνται δῶνται Opt. δραίην πριαίμην θείμην, θοίμην δοίμην 2 Spains πρίαιο eto, θοῖο, δοῖο 8. Spain πρίαιτο θεῖτο ὅἄζο. δοῖτο P.1 δραίημεν, δραῖμεν πριαίμεθα θείμεθα δοίμεθα 2 Spainre, δραῖτε πρίαισθε θεῖσθε δοῖσθε 8 δραίησαν, δραῖεν πρίαιντο θεῖντο δοῖντο Imv. ὃρᾶθι πρίασο, πρίω θοῦ δοῦ 8. δράτω πριάσθω θέσθω δόσθω -P.2 Spare πρίασθε θέσθε δόσθε 8 δράτωσαν, πριάσθωσαν, θέσθωσαν, δόσθωσαν, δράντων πριάσθων θέσθων δόσθων Inf. δρᾶναι πρίασθαι θέσθαι δόσθαι Par. Spas πριάμενος θέμενος δόμενος

δῶκα ὃ. 649, § 284, ἕηκα P. 708, 8 185 : Perf..Ind. ». 2 ἔστητε 885 .ἃ ;

Inf. ἑστάμεν φ. 261, ἑστώμεναι N. 56, § 3886 ; Part. ἑστὰότος T. 79, ἑστεῶτα N. 261, § 325d: 2 Aor. Ind. 5.1 στῆν Λ΄. 744, § 284, δόσκον, ὃ στάσκεν, 3322 ; Ρ. ὃ ἔσταν, στάν I. 198, ἔφυν, 330 b, ἔστᾶσαν Μ. 56, ὃ 335d, θέσαν Β. 599, ἕσαν 5. 681, δόσαν A. 162, 8 2844, Sub. (822 ἃ, c, 828 ο, 824 ο, 328 Ὀ) 5.1 βείω, θείω, elw A. 567, γνώω: 2 στήῃς, θείῃς or θήῃς, γνώῃς Ψ. 487 ; 3 στήῃ, Bin, βέῃ Il. 94, 852, θείῃ οΥ θήῃ, ἕῃ Π. 590, ety or ty ε. 471, ἧσιν Ο. 359, δώῃ, δῷσι, δώῃσιν. Ὁ. 1 στέωμεν, στείομεν, Olwuev, θείομεν, δώομεν. 3 στή- wot ΟΥ̓ στείωσι, δώωσιν- D. 8 orherov; Inf. στήμεναι K. 55, θέμεν, θέμεναι, ἕμεν Δ. 94, δόμεν, δόμεναι, γνώμεναι, 8386. ΜιρΡρΡΠπΕ. Pres. Jmv. ἵστασο, ἵσταο Bek., K. 291, § 297 e; Part. τιθήμενον 335d: Impf. Ρ. ὃ τίθεντο Ἡ. 475: Fut. 5. 2 θήσεαι δ. 163, 8 8286 : 1 Aor. 5. 3 θήκατο K. 31, ὃ 306 Ὁ: 2 Aor. Ind. 5. 8 θέτο Τ'. 310, ἕτο δ, 76, ὃ 284 ἃ ; D. 8 θέσθην x. 141; Subd: S. 1 θείομαι 323 ὁ ; 2 θῆαι (v. 1. θείῃς) T. 408 ; mv. θέο x. 333, θεῦ 323 ο.

60

PURE VERBS. —-MI FORMS.

VERBS IN -MI (continued).

ACTIVE VOICE. k. type mitto 1. εἰμί sum S. ἐ-, ἱε- ; to send. S. ἐσ-, ἐ- ; to be. Present. 2 Aorist. πες Ind. ἴημι (ἧκα εἰμί I sum 2 ims ἧκας [εἰς il εἶ 68 3 inoe’ ἧκε" ἐστί γ' est Pp. 1 teper εἷμεν ἐσμενὶὴ sumus 2 tere εἶτε ἐστέ] estis 3 ἑᾶσι', feioe® εἷσαν (fav) εἰσί j* sunt “ D. 2 ἵετον εἷτον, ὃ εἴτην ἐστόν] Sub. ia & ὦ sim 2 ifs ἧς ὁ ἧς sis 3 in ἧ 7 sit p. 1 idpev ὧμεν ὦμεν simus 2 inre fre ἦτε sitis 3 ἰῶσι' ὥσι" ὦσι! sint ν. 2 ἰῆτον ἧτον ἦτον Opt. i ἱείην [ἴοεμι] εἴην εἴην essem 2 teins eins εἴης esses 3 i ἱείη εἴη εἴη esset p. 1 ἱείημεν, ἱεῖμεν εἵημην, εἷμεν εἴημεν, εἶμεν 2 ἱείητε, ἱεῖτε εἴητε, εἶτε εἴητε, εἶτε 8 ἱείησαν, ἱεῖεν εἴησαν, εἷεν εἴησαν, εἶεν Ρ.2ὲὶ ἱείητον, ἱεῖτον εἴητον, εἷτον εἴητον, εἶτον 3 ἱειήτην, ἱείτην εἱήτην, εἴτην εἰήτην, εἴτην Imv. ἵ ἵει ἧς Ἐν ἴσθι es 3 ἱέτω ἕτω ἔστω [ἤτω] esto p. 2 ἵετε ere ἔστε este 3 ἱέτωσαν, ἕτωσαν, ἔστωσαν, sunto ἱέντων ἕντων ἔστων, τ. ὄντων Ῥ. 2 ἵετον ἕτον ἔστον 3 ἱέτων ἕτων ἔστων Inf. iévae! εἷναι εἶναι esse Par. eis! eis ὧν [ens] icioa! fev! εἷσα, ἕν οὖσα, ὅν τρερέσίοες; Imperfect Ind. inv, [ζουν] ἵειν Fut. ἥ ἥσω, ἥσοιμι, S. 1 ἦν, ἦ, ἤμην 2 ti is, tets ἥσειν, ἥσων 2 [ns ἦσθα 8. in, ἵει 1 Aor. ἧκα (Ind. 3 ἦν erat Pp. 1 ἵεμεν onlv) 306 ©: 1 ἦμεν 07 y) 5 ἦτε } ἵετε Perf cher chee ἦτε, ἦστε ὃ ἵεσαν ἘᾺΝ gr 5160 9. ἦσαν erant D. 2 ἵετον εἱκὼς 5100 Ὁ, 2 ἦτον, ἦστον ε a ” ὃ. ἱέτην Plup. εἵκειν 9. ἤτην, ἤστην

ξ 45.

τῇ. εἶμι 60, ire

5. “i-; to go.

Rica eit €O

> . [εἰς] ec is εἶσι’ τὶ ἴμεν imus ἴτε 1015 wet

tac’ —s eunt troy a”

t@ eam ins seas a” ἴῃ eat ἴωμεν eanms ἴητε eatis a

a” y Fo 4

ἴοιμι, ἰοίην

tots ~—s res

»” .

ἴοι iret

ἴοιμεν

ἴοιτε

Ww

ἴοιεν

A

ἰοιτον

ἰοίτην

ἴθι [et?] i

ἴτω ito

tre ite

ἴτωσαν, eunto ἰόντων, trev

trov

ΕΙΣ

tT@YV

teva! ire 5.» = ἰὼν! iens

, A ! »" ἰοῦσα! ἰόν!

Imperfect.

jew, ἦα ibam jets, neta Oa

> ἥμεν 3

yre noav > ]TOV

ἤτην

§ 45.

Ind.

"τς

iy ae ᾿ σ᾽ whewhy

ΘΟ ἘΣ χὰ

x

bt Ξ ΟΞ whewrp

7

‘IHMI, EIMI, ΕἸΜῚ, KEIMAT.

PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES.

n. Of ine. o. Of εἰμί, to be. Present. 2 Aorist. Future. ἵεμαι εἵμην ἔσομαι ἵεσαι εἷσο ἔσῃ, ἔσει τ ΣΙΝ ᾿ ἵεται εἷτο [ἐσέται) ἔσται , Ὁ 3 , ἱέμεθα εἵμεθα ἐσόμεθα » ἵεσθε εἶσθε ἔσεσθε ἵενται εἷντο ἔσονται ἰῶμαι ὧμαι ca e if A en inrae ἧτα ἑἱώμεθα ὥμεθα ἱῆσθε ἧσθε ἰῶνται ὦνται ae: es - a > , ἱείμην, ἱοίμην. εἵμην, οἵμην ἐσοίμην ἱεῖο, ἱἰοῖο, €i0, οἷο ἔσοιο co τ τ ᾿» ἱετο ἅὅζο. εἷτο, οἶἷτο ἔσοιτο cr “ a > ’ ἱείμεθα εἵμεθα, οἵμεθα ἐσοίμεθα δ» τ τ ” ἱεῖσθε εἷσθε, οἷσθε ἔσοισθε ΄ κ ἱεῖντο εἷντο, οἷντο ἔσοιντο Φ oe = ἵεσο; tov οὗ ¢? ΄ ἱέσθω ἔσθω ἵεσθε ἔσθε ec? id ἱέσθωσαν, ἕσθωσαν, «; a ἱέσθων ἔσθων ἵεσθαι ἕσθαι ἔσεσθαι ἱέμενος ἕμενος ἐσόμενος Imperfect. - «ΣΝ ΗΝ Fut. M. noopat pp, To elu to go, some as- tego, iov 1A. M. ἡἠκάμην εἴσῃ a Middle, ἕεμαι to vie fe 4 oe i ar hasten, Imperf. ἰέμην. a _ ‘Ace P εἴθην Others write these tenses € . . * ΄ palate y nih with a rough breathing, ἵεντο ~— Fut. P. ἐθήσομαι gan tee and beter ἵεσθον Verb- § ἑτός +e : t es ee bs ἱέσθην als ἡ ἑτέος See re eee Sere

61

q. κεῖμαι, to lie.

Present. κεῖμαι κεῖσαι κεῖται

, κείμεθα κεῖσθε κεῖνται κέωμαι κέῃ κέηται

, κεώμεθα κέησθε κέωνται

κεοίμην κέοιο κέοιτο

/ κερίμεθα κέοισθε κέοιντο

κεῖσο , κείσθω κεῖσθε κείσθωσαν, κείσθων

κεῖσθαι κείμενος

Imperfect. ἐκείμην ἔκεισο ἔκειτο > , ἐκείμεθα » ἔκεισθε ἔκειντο Future. κείσομαι

ὃ 45. τ. Stems é- ἱε- 357. 8, ἐσ- ἐ- 345, t-, φα-, 814 «, κεε-») contr. κει-» 342. 1: ἵἴημι, cf. τίθημι" (ἱεασι) ἱεῖσι, Att. ἱᾶσι, 122, 120 ἢ ; Youu 81δ ὁ ; ἵειν 816 Ὁ ; A. εἷμεν, εἵμην, εἵθην, 279 ο ; εἰμί, εἶμι, 50; ἐστί 298 ἃ ; ἰοίην 2990 ; ἴθι, εἰ, 297 ἃ, ἰόντων 818 ο, ἔστων, ἴτων, 800 6 ; ἦσθα, ἤεισθα, 297 Ὁ ; ἦν, jee’, 165 Ὁ ; (Πει)ῇμεν 118 4, 121d; ἔσεται Ep., A. 211, ἔσται nude (the only Att. form) 808 ἃ ; dialectic forms 50; φημί, cf. ἵστημι: jul, φής, 50; φαθί, ἔφησθα, 297 b, ἃ ; (kéewar) κεῖμαι, cf. τίθεμαι: κέωμαι, κε- οίμην, 315 ο, 772 σ. Hdt. has the uncontracted κέεται, ἐκέετο, κέεσθαι, &c.

es

orms marked with the sign ; may be enclitic.

62. PURE VERBS. —-MI FORM. δ. 45,

VERBS IN -μι: u. φημί fari, to say (85. φᾶ:).

Pres. Ind. Subj. Opt. Τὴν. Inf. - -ἿΜΡΈ, S.1 φημί! nui φῶ φαίην φάναι ἔφην, ἦν

2 φῆς, dns φῆς φαίης φᾶθί; or φάθι ἔφης, ἔφησθα ὃ φησί" φῇ φαίη, φάτω Part. én, ἢ P.1 paper] φῶμεν Xe. r.in Att. ἔφᾶἄμεν 2 φατέ] φῆτε φάτε φᾶς ἔφατε 3 φασί": φῶσι! φάτωσαν, φάντων ἔφασαν

Fut. φήσω, Aor. ἔφησα. Min. and Pass., little used in Att.: Pres. Inf. φάσθαι, Pt. papevos - Impf. ἐφάμην - Perf. Imv. πεφάσθω-: Aor.» P. ἐφἄθην - Verb. φᾶτός, φατέος. --- See 45 τ, t, 50.

46. E. PRETERITIVES.

"» é = a. οἶδα novi, I know (8. ᾽ἴδ-, εἰδ-, eide-).

2 Perr. Ind. Subj. Opt. Imy. 2 Puiu. 8.1 οἶδα εἰδῶ εἰδείην ἤδειν, ἤδη 2 οἶδας, οἶσθα εἰδῇς εἰδείης ἴσθι ἤδεις, ἤδης, ἤδεισθα, ἤδησθα 8 οἶδε" εἰδῇ εἰδείη, ἴστω noe, ἤδη Ῥ.1 οοἴδᾶμεν, ἴσμεν εἰδῶμεν = Xe. ἤδειμεν, ἦσμεν 2 οἴδατε, ἴστε εἰδῆτε ἴστε ᾿ἤδειτε, ἦστε 8. οἴδασι', ἴσᾶσιι εἰδῶσι' ἴστωσαν ἤδεσαν, ἧσαν

Inf. εἴδέναι! Part. εἰδώς! Fut. εἴσομαι " less Att. Fut. εἰδήσω and Aor. εἴδησα " Verb. ioréos. — See ὁράω 50.

b. δέδοικα or δέδια timeo, I am afraid (s. δῖ-, See-).

2 Perr. Ind. Subj. Opt. Imy. Inf. 2 PLup. 5.1 δέδια δεδίω δεδιείην δεδιέναι! ἐδεδίειν 2 δέδιας Sedins δεδιείηῆς δέδζθι Part. ἐδεδίεις ἡ 8. δέδιε! δεδίῆ, δεδιείη, δεδίτω δεδιώς! ἐδεδίει Ῥ,1 δέδιμεν Xe. &e. ἐδέδιμεν 2 δέδιτε δέδιτε ; ἐδέδιτε 8. δεδίασι: δεδίτωσαν ἐδέδισαν

1 Perf. δέδοικα, 1 Plup. ἐδεδοίκειν, Fut. δείσομαι Ep. chiefly, δείσω late, Aor. ἔδεισα. ---- See δείδω 50.

§ 46. 6. PRETERITIVES 268, 317s: οἶδα, δέδοικα, ἕστηκα, 320b; (oid-c0a nude, 151) οἶσθα, ἤδεισθα, 297 Ὁ ; (ἴδμεν O. 32, § 148) toner, (7δ-μενὴ ἤσμεν, δέδιμεν, ἕσταμεν, 820 a; δεδίασι 156a; εἰδῶ, ἑστῶ, εἰδείην (so δεδιείην ? as fr. base δεδιε-, Pl. Pheedr. 861 4), ἑσταίην, (i5-9), ἴσθι, ἑστάναι, 320c; ἑστώς 320d; ἤδειν, ἤδη, 278d, 21c; ἑστήκειν 280 a, Att. also εἱστήκειν 279 c ; ἦμαι κάθημαι (κατά, Fuar) 280 a, 161 b (having forms from both ᾿ἑ- and €-, or see 307 6) ; cf. Lat. séde-o, and see 141 ; (ἡδ-ται) ἧσται, ἧστο, 147 ; καθῶμαι, καθοίμην, 317 ὁ ; ἥμενος 780 c; ἐκάθησο, καθῆσο, 282 Ὁ, 783 a, 771 α. --- Ο. E. τέθνηκα am dead, β΄βηκα stand, μέ- μονα am eager, ἄνωγα command, 8520 6, f.

FORMS OF THE STEM.

§ 47. PRETERITIVES. 63 6. ἣμαι and κάθημαι sedeo, I sit (s. €é-, €5-). PERFECT MIDDLE. Indicative. Subj. Opt. Imperative. S.1 fa κάθημαι καθῶμαι καθοίμην 2 σαι κάθησαι καθῆ καθοῖο ἧσο κάθησο 8 ἧσται κάθηται καθῆται καθοῖτο ἥσθω καθήσθω, Bel ἥμεθα καθήμεθα καθώμεθα καθοίμεθα Xe. 2 tobe κάθησθε καθῆσθε καθοῖσθε ἧσθε 8 ἧνται κάθηνται καθῶνται καθοῖντο ἥσθωσαν, ἥσθων Infin. ἧσθαι καθῆσθαι Part. ἥμενος καθήμενος PLUPERFECT MIDDLE. 8. 1 ἥμην ἐκαθήμην, καθήμην Ῥ.1 ἥμεθα ἐκαθήμεθα, καθήμεθα 2 ἧσο ἐκάθησο, καθῆσο 2 ἧσθε ἐκάθησθε, καθῆσθε 3 ἧστο ἐκάθητο, καθῆστο, 8 ἧντο ἐκάθηντο, καθῆντο

καθῆτο

Fut. Pf. καθήσομαι late. — See ἵζω 50.

ἃ. ἕστηκα sto, I stand (45 f). First AND SECOND PERFECT.

Indicative. Subjunctive. Opt. Imv. Infin. S. 1 ἕστηκα ἑστήκω ἑστῶ ἑσταίην ἑστηκέναιϊ 1. 2 ἕστηκας = * ἑστήκης * ἑσταίης ἔστἄθι ἑστάναι! 3 ἕστηκε, ἢ ἑστήκη, ἢ ἑσταίη,γ ἑστάτωὼ: Part. P.l ἄτο. €oripe Xe. ἑστῶμεν Xe. ἑστηκώς! 2 ἕστατε * ἕστατε. ἑστώς! 261 3 ἑστᾶσι" ἑστῶσι! ἑστάτωσαν, ἑστάντων. Ἵ PLUPERFECT. 2 PLUPERFECT. 3. 1 ἑστήκειν, εἱστήκεν PP. ἑστήκειμεν S. * P. éordpev 2 ἑστήκεις, εἱστήκεις ἑστήκειτε * ἕστατε 8. ἑστήκει, εἱστήκει ἑστήκεσαν, XC. as ἕστασαν 47. 1x. RELATION OF THE TENSES AND FORMS OF THE STEM. 1. DomAINn oF THE OLp STEM: λᾶθ- τῦγ- δᾶκ- Second Aorist System : ἔλᾶθον : ἔδἄᾶκον Second Compound System : ἐζύγην ἐδάκην 2. DoMAIN oF THE MrppLE STEM: ληθ- fevy- - ϑηκ- Perfect Passive System : λέλησμαι ἔζευγμαι δέδηγμαι First Compound System : ἐλήσθην ἐζεύχθην ἐδήχθην Second Perfect System : λέληθα First Perfect System : ἔξευχα δέδηχα First Aorist System : ἔλησα ἔζευξα ἔδηξα Future System : λήσω ξεύξω δήξομαι 8. Domain or THE NEw SteM:- Φλανθᾶν- {ζευγνὕ- δακν- _ Present System : λανθἄνω ζεύγνῦμι.. δάκνω

§ 48,

TABLES OF CONJUGATION.

64

109.039\9 “1n9.099A0P . 19.037 TO] “1709-029 ‘mpolidian .rogol “Ἰο6 ‘"mpgonpdo .rng.onp “Ἢ "g.0930X . ΥῸ0.099 ἼΙΟ] “9.00 “ΤΌ. ΟϑὉ “ΜΙ “4Ὁρ.9951 ‘anpopoltn . ΛΌΡ.0 “ἼΟ( ‘Algo 5 Ἥ ‘oLaomans . 010M ‘oLAmo "Ἢ foLAm Δ ΛΟῸ “07.170 . LAM ‘Lam ‘dy ‘p.Lae “LAoD Ἵ.1π0}} "Ὁ..Ὁ3.] (0.L09\A0G)9 . 04707 ΟΊ] foLAo *"ILD2ANQ . OLD? ΑἸ ΜΌΝ ΠΟ] foLan “ὙὈΨΛΌ "o1p2 “Ὁ ΌΞΘΝΗ . ΟΨῸ ‘“YLD “UOT ὍΛ “104 6 “ὌροϑηοὉ “ngoanohy . goa “y00g “ὭΘΡΗ Τ “TVunTd

139d “nao . ro.‘ ἍΤ “nthe “ols "οϑρο nagop“n2ga7! . 09 ‘71030 | £037 “11039 ‘on.002 “nly s)9g “mlkangn ovo dy ‘0.0 “0.0 ‘nd ‘3p iL9 ΚΣ . Ὁ ὍἼΟΩ "ODL0}.L9 ‘003999 ‘oopndda . op ‘uoy Ὁ ‘019.0 ‘orada . 093 “AY ‘aaspdd ‘nayu2 . Ὁ ὯΟΩ F ἼΟΙ ‘oaSnd “Οϑγ.Μ8 ‘oaaaha . 03 ἼΟ] ‘no ὙΟΡΌΧΛΑΌΝ “poskop “ἸῸ09).ν . Ὁ.Ο9 ΗΠ ἢ "αἰυ] “γοίιργ.ι ‘many . νοῦ, long ‘v2 0} “ἃ Κα -9vovolanl ‘alrioxoayaL . αἰνή ον. "1917 ‘annijoaak, Sanrio ‘anrinang . ΛΌΤΙ πος ‘ald ‘mnoayo ‘mrloganp . vorlop ‘uoy “rorln0

‘vorlao33 . vorlas.0 ‘vnrlao.o ἼἸΟΩ “noo ronaagod . vorlaa-10(7 ἡ ἼΟ] “ΠΟ “vorlo? Τ “MVINDNIS "MAILODTLAQ

-mliniyay “50.10) 090) .So1m ‘dy ἴδοι “4 so] ‘pomp1zi0a ‘wommgls ‘nomodo . v.00) “v.0mm ‘v.0m0 ‘dy “v.om “n.onop “OILY "9.010X2. ὍΘ ΘΠ “Ὁ ΟἽΟἼΟΗ 0.000 “nomya'sin zd . 0.010 “5ΥῸ "1057 “Ὁ.ΟὉ ‘Sp ‘amconivonl ‘amgdo . Aco ‘amo “diy fam ‘amp “ae3d3 ‘amzanp (an7XIKAD « Am ἼΟ] Am «9. ‘mavngsg . ali ‘ar "OWT 29 “OCT “1043 -alinpag{ ‘amhag ‘agaug . Ae “oc ‘A199 -ἰὑΧῸΣ «γραϑγγμ 19. road ‘dq £019? “A2D maa] *alAro ‘aldo . AL ΟΠ ‘anpitay ‘anpdo . any ‘diy ‘av ‘avn 04] —*19997DL (3399) « - A193 “LOT A> -9Υ|93Ὁ ΟΣ . vas ‘aaa 904 ‘ada ‘audi ‘akdaa . αἰ, ΟΣ ἢ 10 “0371 ‘aandnk ‘aaxoog . Ad “IOcy “4.3 -29 ‘raanlgXr . voaad ‘omy αὶ diy ‘aap ‘aanlugidy . asd “dy Ὁ ‘107 "aly tay ‘apps ‘aigongan .a “jou ‘a +fuy "aD01D09XO “2000119 . ADO ὝΟΤΥ (49 ‘A ᾿αϑρόϑαίν ‘aoaha 4431 ‘anl02 . A ὍΤΟ ‘Avo ‘ankdoa ‘anulid,a ‘anymahz . an ‘xoTy “on "ΑἹΡΥΌΝΊΟΥΘΗ Yon . 1.070 ‘[OT “1.0% 1.003103 00310) . 1.00) “UOT “0D "21009491 1LAN3\IP . LAKI"1O(T *2.00300N') 1.903101 . 1.003 ‘UOT 1.000 1.0209 1:007] *1LaDNIA VLAYAIIL . LAD ἼΟΩ -mdg‘momoo” .1.099 ‘1.00 ‘diy ‘1.0 on0n 7.010091970 §21010LuAdN . 1.010 ἼΟΠΝ ‘1.020 *2Lamaan 1100X2 “Land .1LA *1O(T “OA 9

‘9490. 0ϑγ94 ‘919979 . 313 “dy Sah ‘qny ὦ ‘amnion ‘asrlodiahy . aarlo “diy ‘astm “qngy ‘san, ‘savlnyj0gag ‘sar/odga . 5317 ‘10g ‘aad Τ “IVaNTd

‘moliag Gologon “οἰ. κοὐ “ἀπ -qny “enh ““Ωρλορ “1ἰιρη.ν . 1% “IOC “10 9 ‘sbpa ‘sbpriap ‘sbpdo . sdy “Ἢ ‘sly ‘slinlyor ‘sida ‘sido . SL ος ‘Sd “590 *s99.0)d0.0 ‘sahay ‘Sakyan'p . 59 ‘10 ‘S13 "09.013X3 ‘ng o10\'p¢) “ὩὨροίι.ι9 - 09-0 PIO ‘SZ ‘omak “730 " ὍΝ fom Ὁ)» “dy "39 ‘m2anp ‘m3gay . m3 ἼΟ] ‘co ὝΠΟ. “rrlengy “Moya? . vdeo “dy Ὁ -gngy ‘ugagusng ‘leh .u nV PIO ρϑμίιρ9.3 “vagh . > ‘uoy ‘aw “dni g -0.0— ‘AON ΟΌ 36.1.0. AONOVO *104] ‘aoxo] “ὈΞΌρΦΞ “ὈΞΊΥΙΟΣ . DZ ἼΟ( “Ὦ.9 "LOW -pAle . And Ο( Ὁ ΠΟ] ‘A0> “UOT ‘Am ‘Aon ‘ana| “ng ‘vl “0397132 . Ὃ “UOT "ΛΟ. οϑοϑῳ ‘aox0aX2 . Aow.o "1921 ‘A ἼΘΙ] “m3d3 ‘maanp ‘mayahhp . m2 ΟἹ] ὦ ΟΞΥΠΟΝ ΦὩΒΌΧΊΟ. 3 “107 ‘oo ‘opras ‘pao ‘pod «ὦ ‘10g ὦ Ἅ 1 ‘maar Sojaau ‘enganiaa Ο)9 “ΔΉ Ὁ S03 ‘mmaroagrl ‘modo . oo ‘mo “diy “m3dX ‘mano ‘mado . 3 ἼΟ] Ὁ ‘on ὝΨΗ mur “nllide . ad plo Ὁ “Id ‘put Έ '“ΥΊΩΘΝΙΒ "TALLOULTAG

(S$ 176) Savy, IVuGNay Ἔ

‘SHUO, OILOWIVIG Σ ‘SP

§ 47,

DIALECTIC FORMS.

65

, b. REFERRED TO Av@ AS A MODEL.

ACTIVE.

Pres. Ind. S. 2 Ades, λύης D. 326 a λύεισθα 0. 297 Ὁ 8 λύησι ὃ EB. 328 Ὁ hin D. 130¢ P.1 λύομες D. 828 a 3 λύοντι Ὁ. 328 a λύοισι κι. 328 Pres. Sub. S. 1 λύωμι E. 328 ἢ ὦ λύῃσθα E. 297 Ὁ 8 λύῃσι E., -τι D. 828 Ὁ P. 1 λύομεν E. 826 ἃ λύωμες D. 828 a λύετε π. 826 ἃ λύωντι D. 328 a Pres. Opt. λύοισθα E. 297 Ὁ λύοισαν AL. 880 a Pres. Inf. dev, λύην D. 826 a λυέμεν E. D. 888 ἃ λυέμεναι E. 8388 ἃ Pres. Part.

F. λύοισα κι. 131 ἃ λύωα LAC. 334 Imperfect.

S.1 λῦον o. 284a λύεσκον IT. 332 P. 3 ἐλύοσαν AL. 330 a D.2 ἐλυέτην A. 299 ἃ 3 [ἐϊλύετον E. 299 ἃ ἐλυέταν Ὁ. 828 a Fut. Ind. λυσῶ, -εἴς, -e?, χα. Ὁ. 825 Ὁ 1 Aor. Ind. S. 1 Adoa 0. 2848 λύσασκον IT. 3382

8. 2 P.3

CS SS

[ἔ]λῦσον E. 327 a 1 Aor. Part. λύσαις,-αισα BH. 151 ἃ Perf. Ind.

S. 1 λελύκω,-ης Ὁ. 326b P. 3 λελύκαντι D. 828 a λελύκασι P. 828 C ᾿

λέλυκαν AL. 890 8

Perf. Inf. λελύκειν, -ην ἢ. κι. 826 Ὁ Perf. Part.

λελύκων Ὁ. B. 8526 Ὁ Plup. Ind. S. 1 λελύκεα!τ.,-η 0.291 ¢ ἐλέλυκον E. 326 Ὁ λελύκεας I., -ἢς Ο.

2916 [163 b 3 λελύκεε(ν I., -εἰ(ν P. 2 Aor. Ind.

(λέλιπον, -ες, -€ E. 284 e P. 3 ἔλιπαν AL. 327 ἢ 2 Aor. Inf. Auréew τ. 825 4 λιπῆν D. 326 a)

PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. Pres. Ind. S. 2 λύεαι I. 823 a λύεσαι HEL. 331 ¢ P. 1 λυόμεσθα P. 299 ἃ Pres. Sub. S. 2 λύηαι 1. 331 a Aveat E. 826 8 λύεται E. 326d P. 1 λυόμεσθα E. 299 ἃ

Pres. Opt. P. 3 Avolaro I. 329 a

Pres, Imy. S. 2 Aveol., λύευ 1.9. 929

Imperfect.

S. 1 λυόμην o. 284 a ἐλυόμᾶν D. 328 a λυεσκόμην IT. 332

2 [é]\WeoL.,-ev 1.D.323 D.3 [ἐϊλύεσθον E. 299 ἃ ἐλυέσθαν D. 828 ἃ Fut. Μ. Ind. Avoeduat,-H, &c., τ. 825 Ὁ S. 2 λύσεαι 1. 828 a Aor, M. Ind. S. 1 λυσάμην ο. 2844 τς ἐλυσάμᾶν D. 828 a λυσασκόμην IT. 882 2 [ἐϊλύσαο τ. 322 " ἐλύσᾷ D. 822 6

Aor. Μ. Opt. P. 3 λυσαίατο τ. 829 a Perf. Ind. S. 2 λέλυαι E. 331 Ὁ P. 3 λελύαται I. 83292 Perf. Opt. P.3 λελῦντο E. 8176 Pluperfect. P. 3 [é]AeAvaro 1. 829 a : Aor. P. Ind. P. 3 ἔλυθεν P. 880 Ὁ Aor. P. Sub. S. 1 λυθέω 1., -elw E. 323.a,c [8286 2 λυθείῃς or -Hys E. 3 λυθείῃ or -ἠῃ E.323¢ P. 1 λυθέωμεν I. 323 a 2 λυθείετε E. 323.6 8 λυθέωσι I. 828 a Aor. P. Inf.

λύθην 1... -ἣμεν Ὁ. 888 Ὁ λυθήμεναι π. 888 Ὁ

2 Aor. M. [ἐϊλύμην, -co E. 8158

c. Various Forms or Contract VERBS (321 s).

Uncontracted. Contracted. Variously Protracted. ὁρἄω, ὁρέω 1. ὁρῶ ὁρόω, μενοινώω, Pt. ὁρόων A. 350 ὁράει, ὁράῃ ὁρᾷ ὁρᾶᾳ, μενοινάᾳ, Inf. ἀντιᾶαν N. 215 ὁράοιμι ὁρῷμι ὁρόῳμι, ἡβώοιμι, Mid. 2 αἰτιόφο v. 135 ὁράουσα ὁρῶσα ὁρόωσα, ναιετάωσα, μαιμώωσα 0. 542 ὁράοντες,-ἔοντες I. ὁρῶντες ὁρόωντες, ὁρέωντες 1., ἡβώοντες x. 6 ὁράεσθαι ὁρᾶσθαι ὁἜὁρᾶασθαι σ. 4, μνάασθαι a. 39 ψεικέω νεικῶ νεικείω, Inf. πλείειν ο. 84, Pt. νεικείων σ. 9 γεικέῃ νεικῇ νεικείῃ ρ. 189, νεικείῃσι A. 579, θείῃ Z. 507 ἱδρόοντα ἱδροῦντα ἱδρώοντα, ὑπνώοντας, Fem. ἱδρώουσα ἀρόουσι ἀροῦσι ἀρόωσι, Opt. δηϊόωεν, Mid. δηϊόωντο

66

* CONJUGATION. —

g49.

49. x1. Criasses anp Notation oF STEms.

I. PRIME STEMS (a; 340).

Roots, (a!) giving rise, and (a?) not | Derived Stems, (63) giving rise, and

giving rise to Modified Stems.

II. MODIFIED STEMS,

b. By Precession: Ὁ}. Of & to ε. b?. Of € oro tor. b®. Of ἃ to a, &c. cl. By Contraction. οὗ, By Syncope in the Theme. oaks ‘¢ in the 2 Aorist. c*, * {Ἐξ in Other Tenses. οὔ, By Metathesis in the Theme. ye es in the 2 Aorist.

TI. MODIFIED STEMS.

A. By LENGTHENING A SHORT VOWEL. δ' To the cognate Long Vowel. . To a Diphthong.

B: By Apprtnc SYLLABLES OR LETTERS.

‘I. BY ANNEXING OR INSERTING CONSONANTS.

i,j, 1. The Conson. I ; uniting with, i, A Palatal Mute i?, A Lingual Mute i3, A Labial Mute ji. A Lingual Mute j*. A Palatal Mute

* 3% A Double Palatal jt. A Labial Mute l. 2X to form AA.

Ζ. %: zi. Alone.

22. With a Vowel. k. ox: k4. Alone.

κ᾿, With a Vowel.

k?, With preceding Conso- nant dropped.

Κι, With Transposition.

k®. With the « dropped.

k®, With preceding Vowel lengthened.

k’. With Precess. of a Vowel.

n. v: nl, y annexed.

to form oo, or TT.

to form {.

(a*) not giving rise to Mod. St.

1. EUPHONIC (341s).

οἵ, By Metathesis in Other Tenses. c&. By Antithesis.

di, To avoid Double Aspiration.

d?, From Use of both Sm. & R. Forms. el. By dropping a Consonant.

e?, By adding a Consonant.

f.1 By dropping the Digamma.

f?. By changing the Digamma.

f%. By changing or dropping σ΄.

2, EMPHATIC (346s).

n*, With preceding V. lengthened. n®, ν inserted. n*, ἅν annexed. n>, With 0 inserted. n®, With &y lengthened. ΠΤ, vv annexed. n®, Becoming vvv after a short V. n®, A Lingual or Liquid dropped. n°, ve annexed. t. τι tt. Alone. +7. With a Vowel. q. 8: qi. Alone. q?. With a Vowel. q®. With preceding Vowel. lengthened. o. Other Consonants: οἱ. Alone. o*, With a Vowel. II. BY ANNEXING VOWELS. u. By annexing a. u?. With change of an € to w.

v. By annexing e. v2. With change of an ε to o.

| w. By annexing other Vowels.

III. BY PREFIXING SYLLABLES OR LETTERS. Ῥ. Various Preformatives. r. Reduplication: rl. Proper. r, Attic. r°, Improper.

IV. ADOPTED STEMS (x; 358).

§ 50. ALPHABETIC ‘LIST. 67 - $50. xm. CataLocuse or VERBS. Notes. a. The following Catalogue contains the principal IRREGULAR

Vers, and some verbs which are not usually so termed ; while many COGNATES are added (338d). Whatever is enclosed in brackets will be understood to be DIALECTIC; and to occur in the Epic (commonly in Homer), unless specially ascribed to another dialect or another author. The dialects are commonly denoted by initials, as in ὃ 27; and the sign + marks the rare occurrence of a word beyond the range noted (85 ο, ἃ). Some of the less familiar forms are referred to passages where they occur.

b. The REGULAR TENSE-SYSTEMS in use, represented by their leadin forms, are arranged in the same order as in ὃ 37; while the Future an Perfect usually cited in parsing are printed in full-face type, and the sxc- OND TENSES are introduced by name. The abbreviations chiefly used in naming the tenses are ‘‘pr., ipf., f., ao. (la., 2a.), pf., plp., and 3f.” The voices and modes are denoted by italics: as, 4., a., M., m., P., p.; ind., sub., opt., imv., inf., pt. The persons and numbers are marked thus: 1s., 1 p., 1d., 2s., &. The abbreviation m. (J/.), p. (P.), ao., or f., annexed to a form, shows that the corresponding middle, passive, aorist, or futwre is also formed after the same analogy ; and the voices be- longing to the aorist system are then indicated, if they are not the same with those of the future system.

c. Srems are marked by hyphens affixed ; and the small letters placed

᾿ immediately after these, or after the themes, denote varieties of stems

according to the notation in § 49 and 340-358. A small © prefixed toa word marks it as having been found only in composition : as, © qvexa, found in ἐπ-ήνεκα. The abbreviations l., r., po., ep., ct., and ». 1., stand for late, rare, poetic, conpounded, contracted, and various reading. Less

important forms or marks are sometimes omitted. See § 51.

A.

Pad- hurt, mislead ; m. 85. ἀᾶται T. 91; ao. daca, ct. doa, m.; ἀάσθην. Aug. ‘a- 279 f.]

[ἀβροτάξομεν, see ἁμαρτάνω.

ἀγάλλω (1, ἀγαλ-) adorn, M. glory; ἀγαλῶ, ἤγηλα- ἠγάλθην 1. '

ἄγαμαι αὐηυΐγο; [ἀγάσομαι, 6.181, ] 80. ; usu., as mid., ἠγάσθην, f. 1. Cog. ἀγάζω po., [ἀγάομαι, ἀγαίομαι,}] ad- mire, envy, &c.

ἀγγέλλω (1, ἀγγελ-), annownce; see 40. :

ἀγείρω (h, ἀγερ-) collect ; [ἀγεροῦ- μαι Or. 510.,] ἤγειρα [m., 2 ἃ. ἀγερό- μην, pt. sync. ἀγρόμενος] ; ἀγήγερκα 1, -μαι 1]. [plp. 3 p. ἀγηγέρατο Δ. 211, ἠγέρθην, A. 57. Cog. ἀγέρομαι, ἦἠγε- ρέθομαι, v. L. ἠγερέομαι.]

ἄγνυμι (n’, Fay-, dy-f) break, usu. ep. w. κατά - “dw, ata 279 b[Héa, Ψ. 392]; 2pf. “ἐᾶγα [ἔηγα 1.7 ambroken, σξαγμαι 1., 2 ἃ. ἐάγην (Ep. ἃ, or ἃ 2]. It has some forms as if from éay-:

ao. pt.© edéas Lys.100.5, f. ° ἐάξει Mat. 12.20. [Δο.ορέ.(κατξαξαις, κα Έαξαις, 136, 142) καυάξαις Hes. Op. 664.] ἄγω ago, lead, bring; ἄξω, m. (sometimes as pass.), Réar., 2 ἃ. ἤγα-

‘you m.284¢; i xa, later ἀγήοχα 312d,

ἦγμαι, ἤχθην ἵ, Cog. ἡγέομαι, [ἀγινέω.]

[ἀδε- be sated ; see ἄω.]

ἄϑω sing; ropa, -cw τ., Fea: ἦσμαι, ἤσθην : ct. fr. po. & τ. delSa,. ἀείσω M., Hea.

delpw ἃ ἀερτάζω raise ; see αὔρω.

ἀέξω increase ; see αὔξω.

[ἄημι & dw (ἀ-, de- v) breathe, blow, P. ἄημαι (314 Ὁ ; and ἢ in some other forms for the ἘΠ ΑΘ Σ τῇ ao. ἄεσα, ct. doa, breathed in sleep, slept. Cog. ἀΐω, ἀΐσθω.] ᾿ ᾿

αἰδέομαι v, po.aldouar,respect ; at8é- Topo. ao.; ἤδεσμαι, ἠδέσθην f. [Pr. imv. αἰδεῖο 323 e. |

αἰνέω praise, usu. cp. w. ἐπί, &c.; αἰνέσω “mn [-jow], a0.; Sajvexa, © ἤνη- μαι 310d, ἠνέθην σῇ, [Cog. αἴψημι, αἰνίζω, -ομαι.}. Pe τον :

68

3, αἴνυμαι

[atvupar take, see αἴρω. aipéw take, M. choose; αἱρήσω m., a0. a.1.,m.7T.3 ἥρηκα, -μαι [dpelonen -μαι, I.], 3f. ῃρήσομαι τ., ῃρέθην f. 310 d.: (FaA- χ, ad-f, ἐλ- Ὁ, ἁλο- w, ἁλισκ- ΚΤ) 2a, εἷλον m. 279 ¢, 6, late f. & ao. ἑλῶ m., εἷλα m.: as pass., ἁλίσκομαι be taken, captured; ἁλώ- copat, 2a. ἑάλων & ἥλων ((λῶ, -οίην, -ὥναι, -ovs) ; ἑᾶάλωκα & ἥλωκα. αἴρω (h, ἀερ-, syne. ἀρ-) raise, M. win; ᾿ἄρῶ m., ἦρα m. (dpw, ᾿άραιμι, ἄρον, &c.), 2a. ἠρόμην (‘apwuat, &c.) po.; ἦρκα, -μαι, -Onvf. Po. ἃ 1. delpw m. [ἀέῤῥω m. 171 ἃ] ; ᾿αρῶ (ct. fr. ἀερῶ) m., ἤειρα m.; ἤερμαι | plp. ἄωρτο 312d], ἠέρθην. Οὐορ. “ἄρνυμαι, [αἴνυ- μαι π᾿, ἠερέθομαι, ἀερτάζω. αἰσθάνομαι (ἢ 5, αἰσθ-), αἴσθομαιτ., perceive; αἰσθήσομαι 8511 8, 2a. ἠσθό- μην - ἤσθημαι, ἠσθήθην & -άνθην ἴ. 1. [ἀἰσϑω & ἀΐω breathe ; see ἄημι. ἀΐσσω 11, doowc!, rush,po.+, IL; ἀΐξω, ἄξω, ao. a. [m. τ.; ἠΐχθην. ᾿αἴω audio, hear, po. ο7.1.; ipf.*ciov 279 f, ἤϊον 1., [ἐπ-ηΐσα 1.]

[ἀκ- or ἀχ- acuo, sharpen, pf. pt. ἀκαχμένος sharpened, 148 Ὁ, &. 12.]

[ἀκαχίζω (z, dx-, dxax- 1?) afflict, M. sorrow; ἀκαχήσω 311 ο, ao. r., usu. 2a. ἤκαχον m. 284 f.; ἀκάχημαι pret. (3 p. ἀκηχέδαται, plp. ἀκαχήατο or -elaro M. 179, ὃ 329 a, pt. ἀκαχή- μενος 2. 550, or ἀκηχέμενος, Εἰ. 364). Cog. ἄχομαι, ἄχνυμαι, be grieved; Pt. ἀχέων, ἀχεύων, sorrowing.

ἀκούω (ἢ, ἀκο-) hear ; ἀκούσομαι, -owl., ἤκουσα - [ἄκουκα D.,| 2 pf. ἀκή- Koa, 2 plp. ἠκηκόειν 281d, ἤκουσμαι:]., -σθηνῖ. Cog. ἀκροάομαι, [dxovd gw. |

[ἀλάλκω ward off; see ἀλέξω.]

dhdopat wander, po. + [ἀλόω 522 6]; [° ἀλήσομαι or -ησάμην, Hes. Se. 409 ; ἀλάλημαι - pret. 284 4,] ἠλήθην. Po. cog. ἀλητεύω, ἀλαίνω, [ἠλαίνω, ἠλά- KW, ἠλασκάζω.]

- ἀλδαίνω (n®, ἀλδ-) alo, nowrish, po.; 1. ἤλδηνα or -ησα, [2 ἃ. ἤλδανον. Θορ. ἀλδήσκω alesco, grow. } ἀλείφω (h, ἀλιφ-) anoint, M.; ἀλεί- wo m., a0.; “ἀάλήλιφα or -ειἰφα, ἀλή- Aquat οΥ-ειμμαι Th. 4. 68, ἠλείφθην ἴ., 2a. ἠλίφην τ.

ἀλέξωτ. (k 5, ἀλεκ-, dAK-c®) Χἀλέκω ?, ward off, M. defend one’s self, requite ;

TABLES.

» ἀμπνυ-᾿ § 50. [ἀλεξήσω, “ ἀλέξω τ.,] m., ao., [2 ἃ. ἄλαλκον 284 e,] 2 a. inf. ἀλκαθεῖν po. r. 853a. [Cog. 1. ἀλάλκω, -κήσω.]

ἀλεύω ([2, ἀλεξ-, ἀλε- [3) avert, po. [Π΄ ἀλεύομαι & ἀλέομαι shun]; ἀλεύσω, a0. α., m. τ. [ἠλεύαμην & -εάμην 806 84]. Pr. imv. ἄλευ, by apocope for ἄλευε, Aisch. Pr. 568 v. 7. Po. cog. ἀλύσκω (Κ 8, ἀλυκ-), f. ἀλύξω M.,a0.; ἀλυσκάζω,[ἀλυσκἄνω, ἀλεείνω.

ἀλέω grind; ἀλ(έσωγῶ τ. 806 Ὁ, ἤλεσα- ἀλήλεκαρο. τ., -εσμαι or -enat, ἠλέσθην]. Cog. ἀλήθωτ., [ἀλητρεύω.]

[ἄλθομαι become healed, π. & 1.; “ ἀλθήσομαι, ao. 1.; °7APécOnr. Cog. ἀλθαίνω ἃ -loxw or -joKw, cure; f. ἀλθήσω 1.)

ἀλίνδω roll ; see κυλίνδω,

ἁλίσκομαι be captured ; see alpéw.

[ἀλιταίνω & -τραίνω (n®, 0, ἀλιτ-) sin, E.+, Ma; ἀλίτησαγ., 2 a. ἤλιτον Mm. he pt. ἀλιτήμενος guilty. |

ἀλλάσσω or -ττω (11, ἀλλαγ-)

change, M. barter ; ἀλλάξω ηι., a0. ; σἤλλαχα, -αγμαι, -άχθην °f., usu. in Att. prose 2 a. ἠλλάγην f. ,

ἅλλομαι (1, ἀλ-) salio 141, leap ; ἁλοῦμαι, ἡλάμην, comm. (exc. in Ind.) 2 ἃ. ἡλόμην [2 8. ἄλσο, 8.5. Gro, pl. ἄλμενος, 826 6, 167 c].

ἀλύσκω, -κάζω, & -κάνω, see ἀλεύω.

ἀλύω (Ὁ) be excited, po.+. [Cog. ἀλύσσω, f. -Ew, ἀλυσθαίνω, ἀλυκτέω (ἀλαλύκτημαι pret., 2844), ἀλυκτά ζω, Ηαΐ. 9. 70.] -

ἀλφάνω (n*, ἀλφ-) find, po.;[2 ἃ. ἦλφον, opt. 3p. ἄλφοιν for -οἱεν, 135, v. 383 v. 1.]

ἁμαρτάνω (n*, duapr-) err, miss ; ἁμαρτήσομαι, -cw 1. +, ao. a. 1. +, 2a. ἥμαρτον: ἡμάρτηκα, -μαι, -θην : [2 ἃ. (ἀμροτ- οὗ, b®, 167, ἀμβροτ- or aBpor- 146 Ὁ) ἤμβροτον. Cog. 1 ἃ. sub. 1 p. ἀβροτάξομεν 326 d, K. 65.]

ἀμβλίσκω Κ΄ & © ἀμβλόω cause mis- carriage ; ἀμβλώσω 1., a0., 2a. © ἤμ- Brwv 1.; δἤμβλωκα, ὅ-μαι, -θην.

[ἀμέρδω & ἀμείρω (ο, h, ἀμερ-), de- prive; ἀμέρσω, ao. a. +, m. 1.; ἠμέρθην +.]

ἀμπλακίσκω (k?, ἀμπλακ-), miss, err, po.; 2 ἃ. ἤμπλακον, pt. ἀπλακών 171, Eur. Ale. 241 ; ἠμπλάκημαι 311, Asch. Sup. 916.

[ἀμπνυ- take breath ; see rvéw.]

§ 50. ἀμὔνω

ἀμύνω avert, defend (cf. munio), M. repel, requite ; apvve m., ἤμῦνα m., ἃ ἃ. ἠμύναθον 353 a.

ἀμφιγνοέω doubt ; see γιγνώσκω.

ἀμφισβητέω dispute ; see βαίνω.

ἀναίνομαι (ἢ, ἀναν-) refuse; 80. ἠνηνάμην. :

ἀν-αλίσκω & ἀν-αλόω (ddo-, Καὶ expend ; ἀναλώσω, m. 1., ἀνήλωσα ; ἀνήλωκα, -μαι, -Onvf. In the aug., a is often retained, esp. in the older Att.: ἀνάλωσα, ἀνάλωκα, Th. 7. 88, 2.64; & in comp. w. κατά, the aug. is rarely on the prep. ἀνά : κατηνά- λωσα, Isoc. 201 b. See 279 f, 282 b. For the simple verb, see αἱρέω.

ἁνδάνω (n*, Fad-, ἀδ- f) please, po. ἃ 1.; ipf. ἥνδανον, ἑάνδανον, & ἑήνδα- νον, 219 Ὁ, 6 ; ἁδήσω, 2 ἃ. ἕαδον Hdt. 1. 151, εὔαδον 142, π. 28 ; ἅδηκα r., 2 p. ἕάδα E. Cog. ἥδω q. τ.

[ἀνεθ- grow, akin to ἀνθέω - 2 pf. σἤνοθα 312 b: ἀν-ἤνοθεν rises, p. 270; ἐπ-εν-ἤνοθε grows upon, β. 219.]

ἀνοίγω & -olyvupe open ; see οὔγω.

ἀνύω ἃ also Att. ἀνύτω t (acc. to some, Att. G-), accomplish, M.; ἀνύσω M.,80.; ἤνυκα, -σμαι, -cOnv f. [Nude pr. ἄνυται l.; ipf. ἤνυτο ε. 243, "avumes ἃ “dvuro Theoc.] Cog. ἄνω m., po.

ἀνώγω command, po. & 1.; ἀνώξω, ao.; 2 pf. ἄνωγα pret. & unaugm. {nude 1 p. ἄνωγμεν 320, Hom. Ap. 528], imv. ἄνωγε ἃ ἄνωχθι 320f. [Cog. dvwyéw H. 394 v. 1.] See 326 ο.

ἀπαυράω, ἀπούρας, see ἐπαυρέω.

[ἀπαφίσκω (k?, ἀπαφ-) deceive ; ἀπαφήσω 311, ao. r., 2a. #rapov+, m. See drrw. |

ἀπεχϑάνομανι & ἀπέχθομαι, be hat- ed ; see ἔχθω.

ἅπτω (t, ἀφ-, 147) fasten, kindle, M. touch ; &pwm., ao0.; Fupac, ἥφθην, °f. 1. [ἄμμαι & &POny, Hat. 1. 86, 19, ἑάφθην 279 b, N. 548. Cog. ἀφάω or ἁφάω ἃ ἀφάσσω, handle, τ. +, m.; f. ἀφήσω, ao. ἤφησα & ἤφασα : ἀπα- φίσκω α. v.]

ἀράομαι pray, curse; dpacopar a0.; δἤραμαι, ὅ-θην]. [Pr. inf. a. ἀρήμεναι 333 6, x. 322. Cog.? pf. pt. ἀρημένος oppressed, Σ. 435,

[ἀραρίσκω (k? τ΄, dp-) Πέ; ἦρσα m., 2a. ἤραρον + m. 2846 (nude pt. as adj. ἄρμενοΞ) ;] 2 pf. dpapa

VERBS.

Baive 69 [dpnpa] pret. intrans. po. +, [ἀρήρε- μαι, ApOnv.| Cog. ἁρμόζω α. v., ἀρτύω & ἀρτύνω [ἀρτέομαι 1.1 prepare, and ἀρέσκω (Κ, dpe-) please, M.; ἀρέσω M., ἃο.; ἀρήρεκα l., ἠρέσθην. ἀριστάω dine, with regular forms, has in comedy 2 pf. nude 1 p. ἠρίστα- μεν Ar. Fr. 528, inf. ἠριστάναι, ὃ 320: and in imitation, Semvéw sup, has δεδείπναμεν, δεδειπνάναι Lb. 248.

ἁρμόζω ἃ Att. ἁρμόττω (1, 13, ἁρμοδ-) adjust, M.; ἁρμόσω, ηι.1., ao. ; ἥρμοκα, -σμαι, -σθην f. See dpapicxw.

ἄρνυμαι win; see αἴρω.

ἀρόω aro, plough; ἀρόσω, ao. ; [ἀρήρομαι BE. 1.,] ἠρόώθην : [dpdwow 324 c, dpdupevar 333 65.}

ἁρπάζω 71" seize; ἁρπάσω and oft- ener ἁρπάσομαι [ἁρπάξω], ao.; ἥρ- Taka, -σμαι (-Ύμαι ].), -σθην ἴ, [-χθην, Hdt. 2. 90+ 1,28. ἡρπάγην.1. [Nude 2 ἃ. pt. m. (ἁρπα-) ἁρπάμενος 1.]

ἀρτύω, -ὕνω, -έομαι, see ἀραρίσκω.

ἀρύω & ἀρύτω t, draw water, M.; ἀρύσομαι 1., ἤρυσα nr.; ἠρύθην or -ύσθην 307 e.— ἄρχω lead, see 41.

drow rush ; see ἀΐσσω.

αὔξω [αἔξω Ἑ. 1. -- & αὐξάνω (n4, ἀξεξ-, αὐξ-, ἀεξ-, £17) augeo, increase; see 41. Εὶ αὐξανῶ ἴῃ Lxx. Cog. αὐξέω].

αὔω shout, po.; ἀΐὔσω (Ὁ), ἤῦσα.

ἀφάω ἃ ἀφάσσω handle; 566 ἅπτω. ἀχέων, ἀχεύων, ἄχνυμαι & ἄχομαι be grieved ; see ἀκαχίζω.

ἄχθομαι be vexed ; dy Séropar 311d; ἤχθημαι 1., ἠχθέσθην f.

[dw satiate ; ἤασω ηι., doa m.; pr. inf. ᾽ἄμεναι 333e". Cog. sub. 1 p. ἑῶμεν T. 402, ao. opt. 8 5. ᾿άδήσειεν a. 134, pf. pt. ᾿ἀδηκότες K. 399, as fr. éd- & ἀδέ- become sated; ἀσάομαι be nauseated, τ. Ὁ. +.] —See ἄημι.

B.

βαίνω (n°, Ba-) vado, go ; βήσομαι po. exc. in comp., [ἐβησάμην, usu. -σόμην 327 a, |] 2a. ἔβην 45h, 6, 5822 ὁ (tmv. βῆθι, °Ba, 297 c,d); βέβηκα (2 pf. id. 3 p. βεβάᾶσι B. 134, ct. βεβᾶσι Eur. Tro. 835, § 156, sub. éu- βεβῶσι Pl. Pheedr. 252 e, inf. βεβάναι Eur. Heracl. 610, pt. βεβάως, Hes. Se. 307, ct. BeBds, Pl. Tim. 68 ο, 2 plp. 3 p. βέβασαν Ῥ. 286, ὃ 320 e), 5 βέβα-

70 βαίνω μαι or -ασμαιτ., δέβάθην r., ὃ -ἄσθην _or -άνθην]. As trans., cause to go, f. Οβήσω, ao. EBnoa. Cog. © Baw r., βάσκω po., [βιβάω, βίβημι, βιβάσθω,] βιβάξζω make go 305b. Cp. ἀμφι- σ-βητέω dispute ; f. -σω m., ao. ἦμ- φισβήτησα ἃ ἠμφεσβήτησα ; -ητήθην (so ipf. -ἥτουν, 282 b).

βάλλω (1, βαλ-, βλα- οὐ Τὴ throw, M. ; βαλῶ m. (βαλλήσω 311 ἃ, Ar. Vesp. 222), [βλήσομαι, T. 335,] 2 ἃ. ἔβα- λον m. [ἔβλην, m. ἐβλήμην, opt. 2 5. βλῇο or βλεῖο b}, N. 288]; βέβληκα, -μαι [βεβόλημαι 114 8, 511,1. 9], 8 f. βεβλήσομαι, ἐβλήθην f.

βάπτω (t, βαφ-) dip, M.; βάψω ην., 80.; βέβαμμαι, ἐβάφθην, usu. 2 ἃ. ἐβά-

PM, βαστάζω carry, po. orl.; βαστάσω, ' &c., later, Bacrdéw, &c., 349 a. [βεβρώθοις (eat), see βιβρώσκω.] [βέομαι, βείομαι, live ; see Bidw.] βιβάζω, [βιβάω, -ημι, -άσθω,] see βαίνω. βιβρώσκω (r+ Κ΄, βρο-, cf. voro) eat, mostly dial. or 1.; βρώσομαι 1., CéBowoa 1., [2 a. ἔβρων 313 Ὁ]; βέ- βρωκα (pt. βεβρώς 320d, Soph. Ant. 1022), βέβρωμαι, [3 f. -σομαι,] ἐβρώ- θην, f. 1. Cog. βρώθω 1., [2 pf. opt. βεβρώθοις Δ. 35, or pr. fr. βεβρώθ-.] Bidw live, M.; & βιώσκομαι k ® revive, usu. cp. w. ἀνά βιώσομαι, -7w 1., ao., oftener 2 ao. ἐβίων 313 Ὁ (opt. βιῴην 316 Ὁ) ; BeBloxa, -μαι, -Onv f. 1. [Cog. βέομαι (βείομαι 134 8) or βίομαι, also as fut. 305 ἢ, O. 194, X. 431, Hom. Ap. 528.] See ζάω. βλάπτω (t, βλαβ-) hurt; βλάψω ην., 80. a, m. 1.; βέβλαφα, -αμμαι, 8 f. -άψομαι, ἐβλάφθην, & 2 ἃ. ἐβλά- Bf. [Cog. βλάβω τ., T. 82.] βλαστάνω & τ. βλαστέω (n+, v, βλαστ-) sprout, bud ; βλαστήσω, ao., comm. 2a. ἔβλαστον ; βεβλάστηκα ἃ ἐβλάστηκα 280 c. βλίύττω (12, βλιτ- for μελιτ- 146 b) take honey from the hive; ἔβλισα. βλώσκω (k®, 146 Ὁ, wod-) go, po.; μολοῦμαι, 2a. ἔμολον +; μέμβλωκα. βοάω boo, shout, M.; βοήσομαι, -cwl.,a0.a.,m.1.; BeBdnkal., -wacl., ἐβοήθην 1.: [Β. & 1. 5 βώσομαι, EBwoa m., βέβωμαι, ἐβώσθην, 131 f.] βόσκω feed, M. (cf. pasco, vescor) ;

_TABLES.

~ γηράω § 50.

θην, f. 1.

βούλομαι [βόλομαι] volo, WILL, wish (2s. βούλει 297 f); βουλήσομαι ; βεβούλημαι, ἐβουλήθην & ἠβουλήθην 279 ἃ, ἴ. 1.: [2 pf. προ-βέβουλα prefer, A. 113.] Cog. βουλεύω plan, 44. ©

[Bpax- resound ; 2a. ἔβραχε 337 a, E. 863. ]

Bpéxw (Ὁ, Bpax-) wet; βρέξω 1., ao.; βέβρεγμαι, ἐβρέχθην, less Att. ἐβράχην, f. 1. :

[Bpoy-swaliow ; ἔβροξα ; “ βέβροχα, σεβρόχθην 1., © ἐβρόχην.

βρυχάομαι (u, Bpvx-) roar, 355 u; CBpuxjcopar very l., ao.; 2 pf. βέ- βρυχα pret., ἐβρυχήθην.

υνέω nl x, βύω, stopup, M.; © βύ- ow, 20. a., m.1.; βέβυσμαι, © εβύσθην. Cog. Bivw & βύζω τ.

-

¥

γαμέω (Vv, yau-) marry (oftheman), M. marry (of the woman); γαμῶ m. 152, 1. γαμήσω m., ἔγημα m., later ἐγάμησα" γεγάμηκα, -μαι, ἐγαμήθην ἢ. 1.: [f. m. γαμέσσεται will provide a wife, 1. 394 υ. 1.|

γάνυμαι, 1. γάννυμαι, rejoice ; [ya- νύσσομαι 171, 2. 504; yeydvopor Anact. 35.] Cog. yavéw brighten, [γανάω shine. ]

γέγονα, yeyddre, γεγάκειν, yelvo- μαι, γεννάω, see γίγνομαι.

γεγωνέω [ ὠνω] & γεγωνίσκω (v, k2, yeywr- r) shout; γεγωνήσω ao.; yéyova pret. (sub. γεγώνω, imu. γέ- γωνε 318).

γελάω laugh; γελάσομαι, -σω 1., ao. a.; ὃ γεγέλασμαι ]., ἐγελάσθην, f.1. [Cog. γελοιάω.]

γεν- =(&, according to some, tol. for) ἐλ- (see aipéw), in 2 ἃ. m. 8 8. γέντο took, 2. 476. See also γίγνο- pat. |

γεύω cause to taste, M. gusto, taste ; yevow m., 20.; γέγευμαι, ἐγεύσθην 807 6. [Nude pr. 1 p. γεύμεθα Theoc. 14. 51.]

[γηθέω (ν, γήθω m. 1.) gaudeo, re- joice+; γηθήσω, ao.;] γέγηθα pret.

γηράω & oftener γηράσκω Κα}, grow old, M.; γηρᾶσω ἃ -ἄσομαι, ao. α:,

2 ἃ. ἐγήραν po. or 1., 8195 Ὁ (inf. γη-

βοσκήσω 511 ἃ, ηι.]., 80.].; ἐβοσκή- |

ὃ 50. ynpdw pavat or -dvar Asch. Ch. 908); γεγή- ρᾶκα, “έγηραθην 1.

γίγνομαι (11 ο2, γα-, γεν- πιΪ Ὁ1), or I. & later γίνομαι, become; γενή- copa, 2a. ἐγενόμην [nude 3 5. ἔγεντο 326 e, γέντο Hes. Th. 199]; 2 pf. γέ- yova. [yeydare, for γέγατε, 320, 134s, Hom. Batr. 148, yeyddou A. 41, plp. 3d. ἐκ-γεγάτην x. 138, inf. γεγάμεν 333.¢, E. 248, pt. yeyaws, I. 456], pt. po γεγώς 320d, Soph. Aj. 472, γεγένημαι, ἐγενήθην τ. Ὁ. or l., f. τ΄

Pf. inf. γεγάκειν D. 826 Ὁ.] Cog.

is γεγάομαι82θο, γείνομαι X. 477 v.Z., | ao. ἐγεινάμην begat, po. +3 γεννάω beget. Cf. gigno, gnascor.

γιγνώσκω (k® r, yvo-), or 1. & later γινώσκω, gnosco, KNOW, ΟΠ. 1.; γνώ- copa, ao. mw. 1. [ἀν-έγνωσα persuad- ed, Hdt.], 2 ἃ. ἔγνων, 45h, e (im. opt. 3 8. συγ-γνοῖτο Aisch. Sup. 216); ἔγνωκα, -σμαι, -σθην f. Cog. γνωρί- ζω, -ίσω, -ιῶ, ἐγνώρικα, make known; ἀμφιγνοέω, -σω, doubt, aug. ἠμφιγ- & ἠμφεγ- 282 Ὁ.

γλύφω. sculpo, carve; γλύψω 1., ao. a, m. 1.; γέγλυμμαι & ἔγλυμμαι 280 ο, ἐγλύφθην 1. &v., 2 ἃ. ἐγλύφην 1. Cf. glubo. Cog. γλάφω.

γοάω (τ, yo-) bewail, M., po. + (in Att. only pr. & ipf. m., & pr. p.);

γοήσομαι, -σω 1., ao. 1., 2 a. ἔγοον Z. 500 ; ἐγοήθην 1.

γράφω scribo, GRAVE, write, M.; γράψω m., 20.5 γέγραφα (γεγράφηκα

1. + ἢ, γέγραμμαι (ἔγραμμαι ]., 280 ο), 9 f. γεγράψομαι, ὃ ἐγράφθην 1., 2 ἃ.

.ἐγράφην f.

Δ.

δα-, teach, learn ; see διδάσκω.

ϑαίνῦμι (n°, δαιτ-) feast, entertain, ο. +, M. [opt. δαινῦτο, -ύατο, 316 c]; alow, m. 1., ao.; ἐδαίσθην.

Safopar (h, da-) divido, divide, _ ch. po. (pr. & f.), P.; ϑάσομαι ao.; ϑέδασμαι, A. 125 [δέδαιμαι, a. 23], ἐδάσθην 1. Cog. δατέομαι po. 1. [ao. inf. δατέασθαι 306, Hes. Op. 765], δαίνῦμι q. ν., δαΐζω, -ίξω, rend, po. _ ϑαίω (h, δαξ-, δα-) kindle, po. +, M.; (2 a, ἐδαόμην, T. 316 ; 2 pf. δέδηα blaze, pret., T. 18,] δέδαυμαι, Sim. Am. 30. ; ΣΟ

. VERBS,

δέω 71

ϑάκνω (n1, dax-, δηκ- g) dite, 47; δήξομαι, -ξω 1., ao. r., 2a. ἔδακον ; δέδηχα 1., δέδηγμαι, ἐδήχθην ἴ., 2 a. ἐδάκην l. Cog. δακνά ζω po.

δαμάζω (z, dau-) domo, tame, sub- due, po. +, M.; δαμάσω [m., δαμῶ 305 b, A. 61], a0.; δεδάμακα 1., -σμαι 1. [δέδμημαι οἿ, E. 878, 3 ἢ. δεδμήσο- μαι, Hom. Ap. 543, | ἐδαμάσθην θ. 291, Mem. 4.1.8, ἐδμήθηνρο., Δ.99, oftener 2 ἃ. ἐδάμην po., T. 94. Po. cog. δα- paw 1., δαμαλίζω, δαμνάω, δάμνημι (M. δάμναμαι).

σδαρθάνω (n*, δαρθ-) sleep, usu. ep. w. κατά" 2a. 5 ἐδαρθον, po. ἔδραθον οὅ, TL. 143 ; ὁδεδάρθηκα 311, 2 ἃ. “éddp- θην, ὃ ἐδράθην vr. or |.

Saréopar divide, po.; see δαίομαι. [S8éaro appeared ; see 5oa-. | [SelSm+ ἃ δίω (δι-, δειδ- ο ἢ) fear,

δίομαι + frighten ; δείσομαι, + %, -σω 1., ] ἔδεισα « pret. δέδοικα & 2 pf. δέδια 46 Ὁ [δείδοικα, δείδια, 134 ἃ, dedoixw D., 8526 Ὁ]. Cog. δειμαίνω fear, δε- δίσσομαι [δειδίσσομαι), r. δεδίσκομαι, Frighten, Sinus chase (M. δίεμαι) po., ἃ διώκω q. Vv.

δείκνυμι & δεικνύω (n7, δεικ-) in- pico, extend the hand to point out, show (M. greet with extended hand]; δείξω, &c., 45 [in Hdt., fr. dex-,° δέξω, ἔδεξα m., ὃ δέδεγμαι, ὃ ἐδέχθην. Ep. δείδεγμαι 134 ἃ, pret., η. 72). Cog. δέχομαι 4. ν., δεξιόομαι greet, [ δεδί- σκομαι ἃς δειδίσκομαι greet, δεικανάω show. |

δειπνέω sup ; see ἀριστάω.

[δέμω build, Hom. Mere.87 ;] ἔδειμα m.; [δέδμημαι οἷ.1 Cog. douéw 1.

ϑέρκομαι Ὁ} sce, po. o7 |.; δέρξομαι ]., ao. 1., 2a. ἔδρακον ο5, m. r.; δέ- Sopka pret., ἐδέρχθην [2 a. ἐδράκην Pind. N. 7. 4].

Sépw (b1, dap-), less Att. δείρω or δαίρω ἢ, flay, °M. τ.; Sepa, ἔδειρα " δέδαρμαι, ἐδάρθην r., 2 ἃ. ἐδάρην, f. 1.

δεύομαι want ; see δέω.

δέχομαι receive ; δέξομαι ao.; δέ- δεγμαι, 3 f. dedéEouar, ἐδέχθην, f. 1. [Pr. 3 p. δέχαται for δέχ[ο)νται 158, M. 147, 2 a. ἐδέγμην, 826 6. Cog. δέχνυμαι, δέκομαι 167, Hat. 9. 91 ;] see δείκνῦμι.

Séw, bind, M., 309b; δήσω m., a0.; δέδεκα (τ. -ηκα 310d), δέδεμαι,

72

dew

3 f. δεδήσομαι 819 ο, Cyr. 4. 8. 18, ἐδέθην ff. Cog. τ. δίδημι r}, v. 8. 24.

δέω ({1, deF-) necd, want, M. need, bey; Sehow m. 8511, ao. a. [3 5. ἔδησεν =. 100]; δεδέηκα, -μαι, ἐδεή- θην, f. 1. [Εγ. δεύομαι f2, -ἥσομαι, ἐδεύησα, t. 540.] Impers. δεῖ there ts need, δέῃ, ct. dy 809}, δέοι, δεῖν, δέον + δεήσει, ἐδέησε.

δηλόω, -do0,&c., manifest ; see 42.

Sho shall find ; see διδάσκω.

διαυτάω regulate, M.; ϑδιαιτήσω, διήτησα & ἐδιήτησα, δεδιήτηκα, &Kc., 282 c.

Staxovéw minister ; -how, ἐδιᾶκό- νησα, ϑεδιακόνηκα (less Att. διηκό- νησα, δεδιηκόνηκα), &c., 282 ο.

διδάσκω ([κ, δα-, διδαχ-Υ10) doceo, teach, M.; διδάξω m., ao. [ἐδιδάσκησα 311, Hom. Cer. 144]; δεδίδαχα, -Ύμαι, ἐδιδάχθην, f. 1. [Fr. da- disco, learn, teach, δαήσομαι 311, 2 a. ἔδαον & δέ- δαον 284e ; deddnxa, 0. 134, 2 pf. de- daa, ρ. 519, δεδάημαι Hom. Merc. 483, 2 ἃ. ἐδάην +. Cog. δεδάομαι 326 ¢, 7.316; δήω 5 fut., shall find, N.260. |

δίδημι bind ; see δέω bind.

σδιδράσκω (rik, dpa-) run ; °Spa- σομαι, ao. a. 1., 2 a. “ἔδραν 45h; σδέδρακα. Cog. δράπετεύω, δρασκά- ἕω - ἔδραμον, see τρέχω. See δράω.

δίδωμι (r}, δο-) do, give, δώσω,

δέδωκα, &c.; see 45.

[δίζημαι seek, E. & 1., 814 Ὁ ; διζή- wopatao. Cog. δίζω M., po.]

(npr chase, M. flee, po.; see δείδω. διοικέω manage, -ἤσω, ϑιῴκηκα, «μαι & vr. δεδιῴκημαι, 282 Ὁ.

διψάω thirst, -how, &c. (διψ(άει) ῇ 120 g).

δίω fear, flee ; see δείδω.

διώκω pursue, M.; διώξω and oft- ener διώξομαι, ao. a., 2 a. ἐδιώκαθον 8ὅ8 ἃ ; δεδίωχα, -γμαι 1., ἐδιώχθην, f. 1. See δείδω.

[Soa-, Sea- 114 Ὁ, appear ; ipf. nude δέατο ¢. 242; ao. m. δοάσσατο &. 23, sub. δοάσσεται 326d, Ψ. 339. Cog. δοιάζω or δοάζω, doubt, imagine, Ap. Rh.

Bock (v, dox-) seem, think ; ϑόξω ao.; δέδοχα ]., -Ὑμαι, ἐδόχθην}.: ch. po. δοκήσω a0., ϑδεδόκηκα, -μαι, ἐδοκήθην᾽ [pf. m. pt. δεδοκημένος pret., fixed in thought, intent, watching, O. 730.]

‘TABLES.

ἐθέλω § 50. Cog. [δοκεύω watch,| δοκιμάζω ex- amine.

δουπέω (e1, ydoure-v) sownd heavi- ly, ch. po.; δουπήσω, ao. [ἐγδούπησα, A. 45], 2 ἃ. “5 ἔδουπον 1.; 2 pf. ϑέδου- πα, ἐδουπήθην 1.

δράσσομαι 11, grasp, seize, A. 1.; δράξομαι 1., a0.; δέδραγμαι (δέδαρξαι οἷ, Eur. Tro. 745 v. 7.).

Spdw do; δρἄσω ao.; Séipaxa, -ὅμαι,γ. -ασμαι 307 e, ἐδράσθην. Cog. [δραίνω,] ἀπο-διδράσκω make off, run away.

δρέπω (b1, δραπ-), po. 1. δρέπτω t, pluck, M.; δρέψομαι po., ao. a. m., [2 ἃ. ἔδραπον Pind. P. 4. 231.]

δύναμαι be able (2 5. diva 297 h); δυνήσομαι [40. +]; δεδύνημαι, ἐδυ- νήθην, ili. 1. 35, f. 1., ἠδυνήθην 279 a, Cyr. 3. 1. 30, less Att. ἐδυνάσθην, vii. 6. 20.

δύω [ Hont.] cause to enter, enter (cf. in-duo), Suva n}, & less Att. δύ- ομαι, enter (the causative sense be- longs to the fut. ἃ 1 ao. act., but not to the 2 ao., & very rarely to the pf. act., V. 8. 23); ϑύσω, δύσομαι, ao., [ἐδυσόμην 327 a,] 2 ἃ. ἔδῦν 45h; δέ- δυκα, ὃ δέδῦμαι 310 d, © ἐδύθην f., [2 ἃ. r. ἐδύην Hipp. Cog. δύπτω, dive. ]

E.

éa- become sated, ἑῶμεν ; see dw.

ἐάω permit ; ἐάσω m., εἴασα 2796; εἴακα, -μαι, -θην.

ἐγγυάω pledge, M.; ἐγγυήσω, ἦγ- yinoa or ἐνεγύησα - ἠγγύηκα or ἐγ-

inka, &c.; 282 c.

he ἀπὸ πρὶ (ἢ, ἐγερ-) rouse, raise, M. rise; ἔγερῶ, m.1., ἤγειρα, m. 1., 2 a. ἠγρόμην οὅ; ἐγήγερκα 1., 2 pf. pret. ἐγρήρορα, am awake, 281 ἃ [ἐγρήγορθε 320f; in imitation, ind. 3 p. ἐγρη- γόρθᾶσι K. 419, inf. m. ἔγρήγορθαι for ἐγηγέρθαι, K. 67], ἐγήγερμαι, ἠγέρ- θην, f.1. Cog. ἔγρω po., ἔγρηγορέω ἃς γρηγορέω 1., [ἔγρηγοράω, éypjoow. |

ἔγκομιάζω praise ; -dow m., ἐνεκω- placa, ἐγκεκωμίακα, 282 c.

ἔδω cat; see ἐσθίω.

ἐν αι seat one’s self, sit ; see tfw.

ei Ne p & θέλω, wish ; -ἤσω 511}, ἠθέλησα & ἐθέλησα " ἠθέληκα & 1. τεθέληκα. Θέλω is rare & doubtful

§ 50. ἐθέλω in Hom., Hes., & Pind.; & is in gen- eral less common than ἐθέλω, exc. in dramatic dialegue. — ἐθίζω (23, Fe0-, €0-) accustom, M.; ἐθίσω, -ιῶ 305a, εἴθεσα 2790; εἴθικα, -σμαι, -σθην, f.1. Intrans. 2 pf. pret. εἴωθα [ἔωθα E. I.] 312d, am wont, [pr. pt. ἔθων I. 540.] εἴδομαι seem, εἶδον saw ; see dpdw. εἰκάζω (z?, Fuc-, Fecx- h, εἰκ-) liken; ekdow, °m., εἴκασα & ἤκασα 278d; εἴκακα l., -σμαι & ἤκασμαι, -Ony f. Intrans., 2 pf. pret. ἔοικα 312 Ὁ, some- times εἶκα or ἧκα [οἷκα 1.], seem (nude 1 p. po. ἔοιγμεν 148, Soph. Aj. 1239, [3 ἃ. ἔϊκτον δ. 27, plp. ἐΐκτην A. 104,] ureg. 3 p. εἴξασι po. +, Ar. Av. 96, see icdov under dpdw), plp. ἐῴκειν 279, f. r. el Ar. ΝΡ. 1001, ipf. εἶκε Σ. 520? [Cog. toxw, ἐΐσκω q. v.] εἴκω (Fecx-) yield ; εἴξω [°m.], ao., 2 ἃ. εἴκαθον 353 a.

_ VERBS.

εἰμί καὶ εἶμι 19

[εἰλ-- (ἃ, καλ-, ἀλ-, ἐλ- b1) volvo, roll up, press together, P. εἴλομαι, EB. 203; ἔλσα 152d, A. 413; ἔελμαι Q. 662, 2a. ἐάλην, N. 408.] Cog. εἴλλω or ef \Aw, UAW, εἰλέω or εἱλέω [ἐολέω, Pind. P. 4. 414], -ήσω, εἰλύω po. +, -ὅσω [ao. p. ἐλύσθην, Ψ. 393; deriv. εἰλύφωαω, εἰλῦφά ζω], ἑλίσσω [εἱλίσσω po. & 1. 1, -ίξω (εἵλιξα 279 c), [ἐλε- λέξω, -ίξω, A. 530.] — εἴβω 844.

εἷλον took ; see αἱρέω.

εἰμί (ἐσ-) be, ἃς εἶμι (i-, Lat. i-re) go. The Pres. of εἶμε has comm. in the wad. (in Att. prose regularly), & sometimes in the other modes, the sense of the Fut.: εἶμι, [I am going} 1 shall go. For the common forms of these verbs, see 451,m,o0,r. Their chief dialectic forms appear below, those preceded by t belonging to εἶμε go, and the others to εἰμί be :

a. DrtaLectic Forms oF εἰμί to be, AND εἶμι to go.

Pres. Ind. 3 ἔωσι E. 1. S.1 ἔμμι x. ἔωντι Ὁ. 2 εἷς Ἐ.1., ἐσσί». Pres. Opt. Τεῖς, εἶσθα E./S, 2 εἴησθα P., ἔοις 3 ἐντί Ὁ. 8 ἔοι Ἑ. τ. [E. P.1 εἰμέν &. 1. tiein, ein? Ἑ. εἰμές D., ἐμέν P. Dies. Tae

3 Edo E., evi, é-

yw + Tove. [ovreD. S. 2 ἔσο, ἔσσο P.

P.3 édvrw D.

Pres. Sub. Pres. Inf. 8.1 wk. 1., εἴω EB. | ἔμεν, ἔμεναι E. +elw P. ἔμμεν E. Ὁ. 2 Τἴῃσθα Ἑ. ἔμμεναι EB. A 3 ἦσι,ἔῃσι, ἔῃ E. | ἦμεν, εἶμεν Ὁ. Τἴῃσι E. εἴμεναι D.? P.1 ὦμες vd. tivev, ἔμεναι E. +touev E. +iupevac BE. Ἐζωμες Ὁ. Τἰέμεναι Ἐ.

ti€wev D., ar P. |P.1 Fues D. Pres. Part. Tower E. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, G. 2 ἔατε at [σαν Ἦ p PSR τ 3 ἔσαν P. I., ἔα- εὗσα, ἐᾶσα, G. εὖν- ἔσσαν oP Tos, ἔντος D. ἔσκον It. ἔοισα 2. ero te. +hicav E. 1. Imperfect. ticav, Hiov E.

S.1 ἔα BE. τ., Fa E.

gov, ἔην 1 Ἑ.

D.3 tirny Ε.

Fut. Ind. ἔσκον It. [E. Soroumae + Hia E. τ., ἤτον Aga : 2 ἧς late, gas I saa th 2 SE EDS egoovuat Ὁ. E. éenoOak., ἔης P. ἡ εἴσομαι E. 8 ἦεν, ἔην, ἤην E. ἧς D., ἔσκε It. Aor. Ind.

+ Hie I. Τείσάμην E.

tHe, te, ele? E. ἸἘἐεισάμην E.

b. The comparison of a few cognate tongues will show more clearly that

the root of εἰμί to be, was éo-, and will also illustrate the forms of inflec- tion. The Latin is placed first, as showing least change in the flexible endings (271 d*). The harsh forms esm, esmus, and esnt became, by trans- position and change of vowel (cf. 116), swm, swmus, sunt. In the Greek, the elements are first given (32 i), and then the results. For the relation of the Sanskrit as- to the es- of the other languages, see 1148. In the plural, the a is dropped or transposed. See 271d. In the Slavic, the 7 is to be pronounced as y. The Lithuanian, which shows the root entire throughout, is placed last, as a language which yet lives to link the pres- ent to the remote past. |

GR. TAB. 4

74 εἰμί TABLES. εἶμι § 50.

Latin Gothic. Greek. Sanskrit. Old Slavic. Lithuan. 5.1. swm am ἐσ-μ, εἰμί, κι. ἔμμι αϑτηὶ jeswmi esmi 2 68 ds ἐσ-ς εἷς, Ῥι ἐσσί αϑὶ jesi esi 3 est ist ἐσ-τ ἐστί asti jesti esti P.1 sumus : éo-pev ἐσμέν, Τ.εἶμές 81η885 jesmu esme 2 estis ἐσ-(το)τε ἐστέ stha jeste este ὃ sunt sind éo-vr εἰσί, τ. ἐντί santi sunti esti

c. In εἰμί fo be, the o of the root was retained in some forms (before τὶ θ, and p; € becoming t by precession in ἴσθι, 114d). (4) It was dropped before o of the Fut. (ἔσομαι, cf. Lat. evo, 139), and between two vowels, which were then contracted: Pr. 3 p. (ἐσᾶσι) ἔᾶσι E., εἰσί, sub. (ow) Ew F. 1., ὦ, opt. (ἐσιην, οἵ. ἐ: sim) εἴην - Ipf. 1 5. (augmented ἦσν, joa, cf. 273" c, 6, and L. eram, 139) ja E., ἢ (Old Att., Ar. Av. 1363), ὃ 5. (ἦστ, hoc, 2737 ο, 6) Fev E. 163 Ὁ, ἦν. (e) It was also dropped before wr, ἐ com- monly passing into the kindred ὁ (cf. 114 Ὁ, ο): Pr. 3 p. ἐντέ D., pt. (ἐντ- L. ent-, évr-) ὦν, ἔντος D., inv. 3 p. (ἐντων) ὄντων. (ἢ) It was contracted, as ε (142), with ἐ or ἢ preceding: Pr. ind. (ἐσμὼ) εἰμί, (ἐσς) εἷς E. 1., or (both sigmas apparently taken up) εἶ, (ἐσμέν) εἰμέν B. 1., inf. (ἐσναι) εἶναι (in Lat. the 7 was assimilated, (es-re) esse), imv. (ἔστω, éerw, cf. 121 e) ἤτω 1.: Ipf. 1 5. (nov) ἣν, 2 5. (jos) ἧς 1., pl. ἦμεν, Fre (oftener than ἦστε, while in the dual ἦστον and ἤστην prevail), ἦσαν. See 139 5.

The DIALECTIC or LESS ATTIC FORMS of εἰμί to be, are (g) forms wncon- tracted or like those of verbs in -w (315) : ἔᾶσιν Β. 125, ἔοντι Archim., ἔω ι. 18, ἔωσι Hdt. 2. 39, dows I. 284, ἐν-έοι Hdt. 7. 6, ἔων B. 27, ζουσα Τ΄. 159, ἔοισα Pind. P. 4. 471, εὖσα, εὖντα, Theoc. 2. 8, 76, (ἐνσα, 156) ἐᾶσα Tim. Loc. 96a, ha β. 313, ἣεν M. 9; (h) variously protracted: ἐσσί (in imita- tion of the other persons) A. 176, μετ-εἰω Y. 47, ἔῃσι 328 Ὁ, B. 366, εἴη- 'σθα 297 Ὁ, Theog. 715, ἔης 135, ἔησθα X. 435, ἔην M. 10, ἤην A. 808, ἔσκον 332, H. 153, ἔσκε Hdt. 1. 196, ἔσσομαι 171, A. 267 (ἔσεται 457, A. 211), ἐσοῦμαι 305 ἃ, Th. 5. 77 ; (i) shortened or unaugmented : ἐμέν Υ., Call. Fr. 294, ἔα 829d, tov A. 762, ἔσαν A. 267; (1) middle forms ; ἔσο or ἔσσο A. 302, Sap. 1. 28, ἤμην r. or 1., Cyr. 6.1. 9 v. 1. (ἤμεθα Mat. 29. 80), εἴατο 329 a, v. 106 v. 1.; (k) infinitives (333): ἔμεν A. 299, ἔμμεναι Sap. 2. 2, ἦμεν or εἶμεν (v. 1. Hues or ewes 1) Th. 5.77, Theoc. 14. 6, εἴμεναι or ἤμεναι Ar. Ach. 7752; (1) various forms ; ἔμμι 171 ἃ, Sap. 2. 15, εἷς (or εἴς Bek.) II. 515, Hdt. 7. 9, εἰμέν E. 873, εἰμές, Sues, ues, 328 a, Theoc. 15. 73, 9, 14. 29, 8 5. ἐντί 169 ς, Theoc. 1. 17, 3 p. ἐντί 328 a, Th. 5, 77, ἐόντω 328 dt, 2 5. ἧς 1., 297 Ὁ, 8 5. (for) ἧς Theoc. 2. 90, ἔσεται 45 r.

τη. In εἶμι to go, the root ’t-, in the sing. of the Pres. and commonly in the Impf. throughout, was lengthened to εἰ- (314), which augmented be- came ἡ- (278d): εἶμι, εἷς, εἶσι (qv, cf. 2787 c, 6) ya (common in the Old and Mid. Att., Pl. Apol. 22a, and followed in the Ep. by ge M. 371), ἦμεν, ἥτε, ἧσαν. The Impf., having thus a form resembling that of the old Plup. (291 ¢), fell into the analogy of this tense in its subsequent development, and has been often so named: jew, ees, Χο. The shorter forms of the plur. and dual were, however, more common, except perhaps ἧσαν, which some deny to the Att., while others regard it as the true Att. form.

The DIALECTIC FORMS of εἶμι to go, are (n) regular nude forms: eis Hes. Op. 206 (Att. εἶ, as if in imitation of εἰμί to be; εἶσθα 297, K. 450), (ἴᾶσι, 156) ioc Theog. 716 (v. 1. εἶσι), ἐξ-ίναι Ath. 580 ο, ἔσαν I. 8, ἔτην A. 347: (0) forms with ἢ resolved: (na) Hia Hdt. 1. 42, ἤϊε A. 47, ἤϊσαν Hat. 1. 43, ἤϊον 315, ψ. 370; (p) with’ lengthened to εἰ, as in the Pr. ind.: εἴω Sophr. 2 [23], xar-etey? Hes. Sc. 254, εἴσομαι Z. 8, εἴσατο A. 138, ἐείσατο O. 415 ; (q) as from te-: ἰείη T. 209, and also ἴεμαι, ἰέμην, 45 p, if they

§ 50.

> εἰμι

VERBS.

ἕπω τὸ

should be thus written ; (1) infinitives (333): ἔμεν A. 170, ἔμμεναι T. 365, ἐσ-ιέμεναι x. 480 ; (t) various forms: ἴῃσθα 297 Ὁ, K. 67, ἴῃσι, ἴωμες 328b, a, ἴομεν 326 ἃ, tev, Homer, 315, B. 872, r. 22.

εἶπον said, 2 aor.; see φημί.

εἴργω (ἢ, Fepy-, ἐργ-) shut out; εἴρξω m., εἶρξα ; 2 a. po. εἴργαθον m. 353.03; εἴργμαι, -xOnv: [E. 1. ἔργω & ἔργνυμι n7; ἔρξομαι, ἔρξα, 2 a. ἔργα- θον m.; ἔργμαι (ἔρχατα!:, -το, 529 ἃ, κ. 283, P. 854) : also ἐέργω, &c., Β. 617.| Cog. Lat. arceo, urgeo ; and

elpyw & elpyvupt (h, n’, Fepy-, €py-) shut in; εἴρξω, εἴρξα ; εἴργμαι, -xOnv: ch. Ion., δέργω, °epiw, ἕρξα, ἕρχθην. The single verb Fépyw (or éFépyw p) in Hom., seems to have become elpyw ἃ eipyw in the Att., with a distinc- tion of sense, which, however, was not always observed.

[εἴρομαι, εἰρωτάω, ask; see Epwrdu. |

[εἰρύω draw ; see éptw. |

[εἴρω, elpéw, say ; see φημί.

εἴρω (f{* h, cep-) sero, join, knit [ipf. or ao. ἤειρε Κα. 499] ; δ εἶρα [“ ἔρσα 152d, Hipp.]; “ εἶρκα, -μαι [Ἑ- ἔερμαε, σ. 296, 1. δ ἔρμαι f

εἶσα set, placed, 1 a.; see ifw.

[ἐΐσικω & ἴσικω (k®, see εἰκά fw) liken ; pret. #iyua:+, °Eur. Ale. 1063. ]

εἴωθα wm wont, pret.; see edi fw.

éexxrAynorateholdanassembly, -are, &c.; aug. ἠκκλ-, e&exd-, &c., 282 c.

ἐλαύνω (n?, ἐλα-) & τ. ἐλάω drive, M.; ἔἐλάσω, [ἐλάω 305 b, ἐλόω 322 ο] ἐλῶ, ἐλάσομαι]., ἤλασα ην.; ἐλήλακα, -μαι, -σμαι 1., [plp. 8 p. ἐληλάδατο or -έδατο 829 ἃ, η. 86,] ἠλάθην, -σθην *f. 1. [Cog. ἐλαστρέω Ε. I. +.]

[ἔλδομαι (FerAS-) & ἐέλδομαι, desire. }

ἐλέγχω examine, confute; ἐλέγξω ao.; ἐλήλεγμαι 41, °F#reyuarr., ἠλέγ- χθην f.

ἕλκω & 1. ἑλκύω (w, Fe\x-, cf. vel- lico) pull, draw, M.; ἕλξω, less Att. ἑλκύσω, m. 1., εἵλκυσα m., εἶλξα mM. 1. ; εἵλκυκα, -σμαι, -σθην f., εἵλχθην f. 1. [Cog. ἑλκέω, -ἥσω - ἑλκυστάζω.

ἑλληνίζω speak Greek, -ἴσω, Ke.; ἑλληνίσθην or HrAAnvic Onv 279 f.

ἐλπίζω (z2, FéAm-) hope, M.; &- t(icw)@l., ἤλπισα > ἤλπικα ]., -σμαι 1., -σθὴν : [ἔλπω give hope, M. & 2 pf. pret. ἔολπα ε. 379, hope, 2 plp. ἐώλ- mew 279 ἃ, φ. 96.]

ἔλυθ- come ; see ἔρχομαι.

ἐμέω vomo, VOMIT; ἐμ(έσω)ῷ m., ἤμεσα [ἤμησα 1] ; ἐμήμεκα, -σμαι 1., ἐμέθην f. 1.

ἐμπολάω traffic ; ἦμπ- or éverr-, 282 ο.

ἐναίρω (ἢ, évap-) kill, po., M.; [ἔνηρα l., m. Εἰ. 59,] 2a. ἤναρον, Kur. And. 1182. Cog.,

ἐναρίζω kill, despoil, po., 3494; [ἐναρίξω, m. 1.,] ἠνάριξα, in. 1., [τἰσα, Anac. 100]; ὃ ἠνάρισμαι, © -σθην.

ἐνέπω & ἐννέπω, & |. ἐνίσπω (ἐνεπ-, ἐνιπ- b?, ἐνισπ- ο), tell, speak (οἵ. in- quam), po.,a.1; [ἐνίψω & ἐνισπήσω 311, ε. 98, ἔνιψα 1.,] 3 ἃ. ἔνισπον [amv. ἐνίσπες ν, 818 Ὁ, y. 101.1 Cog. [ἐνί- nw +, & ἐνίσσω 15, chide, 2 ἃ. ἐνένϊπον, ἠνίπαπον, 284 6 ;] εἶπον, see φημί.

[3 ἐν-ήνοθα grow or lic on; see ἀνεθ-.} °

Céyvupe (n7, Fe-, é-), vestio, clothe, fIl.; f. ἔσω (ἕσσω 171, π. 79) ©m., ao. (ἕσσα ὃ. 253, ἑέσσατο Κι. 23) ; pf. εἷμαι +7. 72, & ἕσμαι, w. 250 :] comm. ἀμφι-έννυμι J/.; ἀμφιέσω ε. 167, Att. “ἀμφιῶ 305b, Ar. Eq. 891, ἀμφι- écoua Cyr. 4. 3.20, ἠμφίεσα m. 282b, Cyr. 1.3.17; ἠμφίεσμαι, -cOnv l. Cog. [9 εἴνῦμι F. 1.3] 1. ἀμφιάζω, -dow> ἐσθε- in pf. ἤσθημαι.

ἐνοχλέω annoy, -yow, &e.; aug. ἦνωχ-, v. lL. ἠνοχ- or ἐνωχ-, 282 Ὁ.

[ἐολέω press, trouble ; see eid-. |

ἑορτάζω keep a feast, -dow, &c.; aug. éwp- 279d: [ὁρτάζω 1.]

ἔπ-αν-ορθόω set upright, -ὥσω, &e.; aug. ἐπηνωρ- 282 Ὁ.

[ἐπ- αυρέω τ. & ἐπ-αυρίσκω τ. (v, k 2, avp-) enjoy, M.; ἔπαυρήσομαι Z. 353, ἐπηυράμην 1. +, oftener 2 a. ἐπηῦρον, p. 81,] ἐπηυρόμην Eur. Hel. 469. Cog. ἀπαυράω take wway, po., ao. ἀπηυρά- μην 1 [pt. ἀπούρας 114, A. 356, ἀπου- ράμενος; Hes. Sc. 173, f. ἀπουρήσουσιν X. 489 v. 1.}

ἔπι-μέλομαι & ἔπι-μελέομαι care for ; see μέλω.

ἔπ-ίσταμαι understand ; see ἵστημι.

ἕπω (f°, σεπ-, σπ- c®) be after or busy with (act. scarce used exc. in comp.), M. ἕπομαν sequor, follow ; ipf. εἶπον m. 279 ; ϑέψω, ἕψομαι,

-ήσω, &e.; aug.

ao. m.?, 2a. ὃ ἔσπον (σπω, σποιμι, &C.),

76

2 ἐπω

ἐσπόμην (σπῶμαι, &c.) & (by redupl. & change of initial σι, σεσπ- ἑσπ-, 284, _ 345) ch. po. ἑσπόμην (ἑσπωμαι, &c.), [imv. σπεῖο 323 α ; a0. p. περι-έφθην, Hdt. 6. 15.] Cog. τ. or 1, ἕσπω m. épdw love, desire, M. po. ἐράομαι ἃ oftenerépapar ; [ἠρασάμην ;| ἤἄρασμαι 1., -cOnvf. Po. cog. ἐραστεύω, Aisch. Pr. 893, [ἐρατίζω, A. 551.] épydtopar work ; ἐργάσομαι, εἰργα- σάμην 279 c; εἴργασμαι, -σθην ἴ. See ἔρδω. ἔργω, -γνῦμι, ἕργω, see εἴῤγω, εἴργω. ἔρδω & ἕρδω (f, Fepy- & Fepé-, cf. 168, épy-) worK, do, po. ἃ 1. (&pdw Hadt.), ,].; ἔρξω, ἔρξα [ἕρξα 2] ; [2 pf. ἔοργα 312b, plp. ἐώργειν 279 d, δ. 693, ἐόργεα 284b, 291¢, Hdt. 1. 127.] Cog. ἐργάζομαι, ῥέζω, q. Vv. ἐρείδω prop, ch. po., M.; ἐρείσω 1., €m., ao.; ϑἤρεικα ἃ 1. © ἐρήρεικα, ἐρή- ρεισμαι & ἤρεισμαι [8 p. ἐρηρέδαται, -ατο, 829 ἃ, 8 f. ἐρερείσομαι ὃ Hipp., | .ἠρείσθην. ἐρείκω (h, ἐρικ-) rend, break, ©M.; ἤρειξα, m. 1., 2 ἃ. ἤρικον po.; ἐρήρι- μαι, ἠρείχθην 1. Cog. ῥήγνῦμι 4. V., [ἐρέχθω, ε. 88.] ' ἐρείπω (h, ἐριπ-}) throw down, r. in Att. prose ; ἐρείψω, ao. a. ©m., 2 a. ἤριπον fell, BE. 47, m. 1.; ἢ pf. °épy- pita have Jfallen, Ἐ. 55,) ἐρήριμμαι & 1. ἤρειμμαι, ἠρείφθην, [2 a. ἠρίπην Pind. O. 2. 76.] Cog. ῥίπτω throw. ἐρέσσω! 132, row, po. orl. ;[ao. #peca. | ἐρεύθω & ἐρυθαίνω (h, n°, ἐρυθ-, ef. ‘rubeo & Germ. réthen) make red, REDDEN, po. or 1., M.; [épevow? Σ. 329 v. 1., ao. Ib., ἐρύθηνα l., ao. p. opt. ὃ ἐρευθείην, Hipp. Cog. ἐρυθραίνω, ἐρυθριάω, -dow. ἐρίζω (j, ἐριδ-) rixor, contend, [ M. +]; ἐρίσω 1., ao. a. m.; ἤρικα 1., [ἐρήρι- σμαι. Cog. ἐριδαίνω, ao. ἐρίδηνα 1., ἐριδήσασθαι or ἐριζήσασθαι Ψ. 792; ἐριδμαίνω. ἕρπω (f3, σερπ-) serpo, creep, po. ‘or 1.; ἕρψω, εἶρψα 1. 279¢. Cog. ép- “πύζω po. +, °-tow, εἵρπυσα. ἔῤῥω go away, cf. erro, ruo ; ἐῤῥή- oo 311, a0.; δἤῤῥηκα. ([Cog.? ao. ἀπό-ερσα swept away, Z. 348.] ἐρυγγάνω (n5, épvy-) ructo, eriigo, belch, ERvoT, [M. & ἐρεύγομαι 1. ἃ E. +3; ἐρεύξομαι 1.,] 80. 1., 2a. ἤρνγον.

TABLES.

εὑρίσκω § 50. ἐρύκω hold back, ch. po. ἃ 1., [I.; ἐρύξω,74ο., [2 ἃ. ἠρύκακον 2846. Cog. ἐρύκάνω & ἐρῦκανάω, a. 199, x. 429.] ἐρύω ἃ εἰρύω (Fepu-) draw, BE. & 1., M. draw to one’s self, protect ; ἐρύσω 1. (ἐρύω 305 f, X. 67) & Ceiptce 1., m., εἴρυσα mM.+3; εἴρῦμαι & -υσμαι, -ύσθην ; see 279c. [Nude pr. & ipf. forms (326e): act. inf. εἰρύμεναι 333.¢, Hes. Op. 816 ; mid. ἔρῦται Ap. Rh. 2. 1208, εἰρύαται A. 239, epico, -ὕτο, τυντο, X. 507, εἴρῦτο, -vvro, II. 542, ἔρυσθαι €. 484, εἴρυσθαι ψ. 82; pass. épvro Hes. Th. 301. Some regard these mid. & pass. forms as pret. pf. & plf.] See ῥύομαι. ἔρχομαι (epx-, ἐλυθ- x, ἐλευθ- h) go, come ; ipt. ἠρχόμην scarcely in Att., exc. in comp.; ἐλεύσομαι scarcely in Att. prose, 2